WO2013042422A1 - Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device - Google Patents

Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013042422A1
WO2013042422A1 PCT/JP2012/066942 JP2012066942W WO2013042422A1 WO 2013042422 A1 WO2013042422 A1 WO 2013042422A1 JP 2012066942 W JP2012066942 W JP 2012066942W WO 2013042422 A1 WO2013042422 A1 WO 2013042422A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resin
polarizing plate
optical film
group
meth
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2012/066942
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
啓史 別宮
泰宏 渡辺
秀人 木村
梅田 博紀
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社
Priority to JP2013534623A priority Critical patent/JP5962660B2/en
Publication of WO2013042422A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013042422A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133504Diffusing, scattering, diffracting elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing plate.
  • a liquid crystal display device (hereinafter also referred to as “LCD”) is generally composed of a backlight unit, a liquid crystal cell, and a polarizing plate.
  • the polarizing plate usually comprises a protective film for polarizing plate (hereinafter also referred to as “optical film”) and a polarizer (also referred to as “polarizing film”).
  • optical film a protective film for polarizing plate
  • polarizer also referred to as “polarizing film”.
  • polarizer a polyvinyl alcohol film dyed with iodine and stretched is often used, and a protective film for a polarizing plate is bonded to both surfaces.
  • a protective film for a polarizing plate a cellulose triacetate (TAC) film having excellent moisture permeability and excellent adhesion to a polarizer is generally used.
  • TAC cellulose triacetate
  • the cellulose triacetate film can be hydrophilized by alkali saponification treatment, and can be adhered to a polarizer with an inexpensive aqueous adhesive. Therefore, the cellulose acetate film is particularly suitable as a polarizing plate protective film, and is an indispensable member for liquid crystal display devices.
  • liquid crystal display devices having a configuration that does not use a light diffusion sheet have been developed.
  • the light diffusion sheet an optical film having diffusibility on the surface of the backlight side polarizing plate has been used.
  • Patent Documents 5 and 6 a light diffusion film having a sea-island structure in which a dope composed of a plurality of resins is cast on a support and phase-separated, or a mixed solution of a plurality of resins is applied on the support film.
  • the produced light diffusion film is disclosed.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and its solution is that when an optical film and a polarizer are bonded together using a photocurable adhesive, no curling occurs.
  • the present invention provides a polarizing plate that is bonded with sufficient adhesion, and has both excellent light diffusibility and light transmittance. Moreover, it is providing the liquid crystal display device provided with the said polarizing plate.
  • the present inventor in the process of studying a method for solving a problem when using a photo-curable resin, the specific film having a sea-island structure is in close contact with the polarizer, resulting in curling.
  • the present invention has been found out that it has no light diffusivity and light transmittance.
  • An optical film containing two or more kinds of resins is a polarizing plate bonded to a polarizer with a photocurable adhesive, the two surfaces of the optical film both have a sea-island structure, and the two surfaces A polarizing plate characterized by having an arithmetic average roughness Ra of 0.03 to 1.5 ⁇ m.
  • the optical film contains at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin as two or more kinds of resins, and a mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate resin is within a range of 51:49 to 90:10.
  • the polarizing plate as described in item 1, wherein 3.
  • the cellulose acylate resin has at least two kinds of cellulose acylates, ie, a cellulose acylate resin having an average total carbon atom number of acyl groups of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin having a number of 6.0 or more per glucose unit. 3.
  • the cellulose acylate resin has at least an acetyl group or a propionyl group as the acyl group, and the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit. 4.
  • a liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to any one of items 1 to 6 on a backlight source side with respect to a liquid crystal cell.
  • the polarizing plate is bonded with sufficient adhesion without causing curling. It is possible to provide a polarizing plate having both light diffusibility and light transmittance. In addition, a liquid crystal display device including the polarizing plate can be provided.
  • a light transmissive film having a diffusion function was formed.
  • the surface uneven energy structure increases the surface free energy, improves the leveling property (uniform coating property) of the photocurable adhesive, and improves the adhesion to the polarizer.
  • the heat resistance of the optical film is increased by mixing a resin component having a high glass transition temperature, and the polarizing plate is not curled even when a photo-curable adhesive is used.
  • the figure which showed typically an example of the dope preparation process, casting process, and drying process of a solution casting film forming method The figure which showed the example of the structure of the conventional liquid crystal display device typically. The figure which showed the example of the structure of the conventional liquid crystal display device typically The figure which showed typically the structural example of the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate of this invention. The figure which showed typically the structural example of the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate of this invention.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which an optical film containing two or more kinds of resins is bonded to a polarizer with a photocurable adhesive, and both surfaces of the optical film have a sea-island structure.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the two surfaces is in the range of 0.03 to 1.5 ⁇ m.
  • the optical film contains at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin as two or more resins, and the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate.
  • the resin mass ratio is preferably in the range of 51:49 to 90:10.
  • the cellulose acylate resin has at least two cellulose acylate resins having an average total carbon atom number of acyl groups of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin of 6.0 or more per glucose unit. It is preferable that a cellulose acylate resin is contained because an effect of forming a sea-island structure is obtained.
  • the cellulose acylate resin has at least an acetyl group or a propionyl group as the acyl group, and the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit. It is preferable that the propionyl group substitution degree of the cellulose acylate resin is 1.0 or less. Thereby, the effect that the sea-island structure (phase separation) is formed is obtained. Moreover, it is preferable that the said photocurable adhesive agent is a photocurable adhesive agent containing an epoxy compound and a cationic polymerization initiator.
  • the image definition of the optical film according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.8 to 5.0% in the measurement using an optical comb having a width of 0.25 mm.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention can be suitably provided in a liquid crystal display device.
  • is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which an optical film containing two or more kinds of resins is bonded to a polarizer with a photocurable adhesive, and both surfaces of the optical film have a sea-island structure. It is characterized by that.
  • the “sea-island structure” means that when a plurality of (for example, two) resin components that are incompatible with each other are mixed, the higher-order structure of the mixture is a phase in which one of the resin components is continuous.
  • the other is a structure in which islands or particles are dispersed. That is, it means a structure formed by one resin being a continuous phase (matrix) corresponding to the sea and the other being a dispersed phase corresponding to the island.
  • the “two surfaces of the optical film” means two surfaces on the front and back of the optical film.
  • various resins such as cellulose ester resin, acrylic resin, cyclic olefin resin, and polycarbonate resin that are used in conventional optical films may be used. it can.
  • the optical film according to the present invention contains at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin as two or more resins, and a mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate resin. Is preferably in the range of 51:49 to 90:10.
  • the cellulose acylate resin has at least two cellulose acylate resins having an average total carbon atom number of acyl groups of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin of 6.0 or more per glucose unit. It is preferable that a cellulose acylate resin is contained because an effect of forming a sea-island structure is obtained.
  • the cellulose acylate resin has at least an acetyl group or a propionyl group as an acyl group, and the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit.
  • the propionyl group substitution degree of the acylate resin is preferably 1.0 or less.
  • cellulose acylate having mainly an acyl group having an average total carbon number of less than 6.0 is a resin which is a main component constituting a dispersed phase corresponding to an island.
  • the cellulose acylate having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of 6.0 or more is more compatible with the acrylic resin than the cellulose acylate having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of less than 6.0. It is added in order to moderate some discontinuity in the boundary region between the continuous phase and the dispersed phase and to prevent peeling at the interface.
  • the average total carbon atom number of the acyl group which cellulose acylate has is the number of carbon atoms of each substituent (for example, acetyl group) in the acyl group substitution degree such as propionyl group substitution degree and butyryl group substitution degree. Is the sum of the number of carbon atoms obtained by multiplying by 2), the number of carbon atoms of the propionyl group is 3, and the number of butyryl groups is 4).
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two surfaces of the optical film according to the present invention needs to be in the range of 0.03 to 1.5 ⁇ m.
  • a preferred range is 0.4 to 1.4 ⁇ m.
  • “the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two surfaces is in the range of 0.03 to 1.5 ⁇ m” means that the arithmetic average roughness is within the range in the comprehensive evaluation of the two front and back surfaces of the optical film. It means that there is. That is, the arithmetic average value considering the roughness of the two surfaces is within the range.
  • the optical film according to the present invention preferably has different arithmetic average roughness Ra on each of the two surfaces, and the arithmetic average roughness Ra based on JIS B0601-2001 on at least one surface is 0.05 to It is preferable to be in the range of 2.0 ⁇ m. If the Ra value is 0.05 ⁇ m or more, it can be determined whether the scattered light is sufficient, and moire fringes can be eliminated. If the value of Ra is 2.0 ⁇ m or less, it is possible to effectively suppress a decrease in front luminance when a display device is formed. In addition, when the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two surfaces is different, it is preferable that the polarizer is in close contact with the surface having the smaller arithmetic average roughness Ra.
  • the image definition of the optical film is in the range of 0.8 to 5.0% and the total light transmittance is 91.0% in the measurement using an optical comb having a width of 0.25 mm.
  • the above is preferable.
  • the image definition is preferably in the range of 0.9 to 2.5%.
  • the image clarity (also referred to as “image clarity”) of the optical film is a value obtained by measurement by a transmission method based on JIS K7374: 2007.
  • image clarity For the total light transmittance, the average value of the light transmittance in the light wavelength region of 450 to 650 nm was defined as the total light transmittance.
  • Examples of means for controlling the image definition within a predetermined range include selection of a resin that constitutes the sea and a resin that constitutes the island, an adjustment according to stretching conditions such as a stretching ratio of the web containing the resin, and a stretching temperature. Further, as a means for controlling the total light transmittance to a predetermined value or higher, selection of a resin having a resin refractive index difference of 0.08 or less can be cited.
  • the glass transition temperature of the resin for example, cellulose acylate resin
  • the resin as the main component constituting the dispersed phase (island) of the sea-island structure, and the resin as the main component constituting the continuous phase (sea)
  • the difference between the glass transition temperature of the acrylic resin and the glass transition temperature is more than 10 ° C.
  • the difference in refractive index between the resin constituting the sea (for example, acrylic resin) and the resin constituting the island (for example, cellulose acylate resin) is 0.08 or less is preferable.
  • An example of a preferred embodiment of the optical film according to the present invention is an embodiment containing at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin.
  • the mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate resin is preferably in the range of 51:49 to 90:10.
  • the acrylic resin used in the present invention includes a methacrylic resin.
  • the resin is not particularly limited, but a resin comprising 50 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate units and 1 to 50% by mass of other monomer units copolymerizable therewith is preferable.
  • copolymerizable monomers include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and other ⁇ , ⁇ -Unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as unsaturated acids, maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, and ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated materials such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Examples thereof include nitrile, maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, and the like. These can be used alone or as a copolymer in combination of two or more monomers.
  • methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of thermal decomposition resistance and fluidity of the copolymer.
  • n-Butyl acrylate is particularly preferably used.
  • the acrylic resin used in the optical film according to the present invention has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 80000 or more, particularly from the viewpoint of improving brittleness as an optical film and improving transparency when used in combination with a cellulose acylate resin. It is preferable. When the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is less than 80000, sufficient brittleness improvement cannot be obtained, and compatibility with the cellulose acylate resin deteriorates.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is more preferably in the range of 80,000 to 1,000,000, particularly preferably in the range of 100,000 to 600,000, and most preferably in the range of 150,000 to 400,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of an acrylic resin is not specifically limited, It is a preferable form that it shall be 1 million or less from a viewpoint on manufacture.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin can be measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC measurement conditions are as follows.
  • acrylic resin used in the optical film according to the present invention a commercially available product can also be used.
  • Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Electrochemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
  • Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination.
  • the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention is a resin in which a large number of ⁇ -glucose molecules are linearly polymerized by ⁇ -1,4-glycoside bonds.
  • the glucose unit constituting cellulose by the ⁇ -1,4-glycoside bond has free hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions. Therefore, the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention is a polymer (resin) obtained by esterifying part or all of these hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) with acyl groups.
  • the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention has at least two types of cellulose acylate resin having an average total carbon atom number of acyl group of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin of 6.0 or more per glucose unit.
  • the cellulose acylate resin is preferably contained.
  • cellulose acylate resins having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of less than 6.0 are mainly resins that constitute a dispersed phase corresponding to an island.
  • the propionyl of the cellulose acylate resin in which the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit
  • the group substitution degree is preferably 1.0 or less.
  • the degree of acetyl group substitution is preferably in the range of 1.5 to 3.0.
  • the cellulose acylate resin having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of 6.0 or more is more compatible with the acrylic resin than the cellulose acylate resin having an acyl group having an average total carbon atom number of less than 6.0. Because of its relatively good quality, it is added to moderate some discontinuity in the boundary region between the continuous phase and the dispersed phase and to prevent delamination at the interface.
  • the propionyl group substitution degree of the cellulose acylate resin having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of 6.0 or more is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 2.7.
  • the degree of acetyl group substitution is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 2.0.
  • the average total carbon atom number of the acyl group which cellulose acylate resin has is the carbon atom number of each substituent in acetyl group substitution degree, such as propionyl group substitution degree and butyryl group substitution degree as above-mentioned.
  • the total number of carbon atoms obtained by multiplying the number of carbon atoms of the acetyl group is 2, the number of carbon atoms of the propionyl group is 3, and the number of butyryl groups is 4).
  • the average total carbon atom number of the acyl group is A
  • the acetyl group substitution degree is X
  • the propionyl group substitution degree is Y
  • the butyryl group substitution degree is Z
  • the average total carbon atom number A is represented by the following formula. .
  • the “acyl group substitution degree” represents the total of the ratios of esterified hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of glucose as a repeating unit. Specifically, the substitution degree is 1 when the hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position of cellulose are esterified 100%. Therefore, when all of the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of the cellulose are 100% esterified, the degree of substitution is 3 at the maximum.
  • acyl group substitution degree refers to an acyl group substitution degree in which the acyl group substitution degree of a plurality of glucose units constituting cellulose acylate is expressed as an average value per unit.
  • the average value of the degree of substitution of a specific acyl group for example, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, etc. is expressed as “average” as “acetyl group substitution degree”, “propionyl group substitution degree”, respectively. It will be expressed for short.
  • the method for measuring the degree of acyl group substitution can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96.
  • acyl group examples include acetyl group, propionyl group, butanoyl group, heptanoyl group, hexanoyl group, octanoyl group, decanoyl group, dodecanoyl group, tridecanoyl group, tetradecanoyl group, hexadecanoyl group, octadecanoyl group, isobutanoyl group.
  • an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butanoyl group, a dodecanoyl group, an octadecanoyl group, a tert-butanoyl group, an oleoyl group, a benzoyl group, a naphthylcarbonyl group, a cinnamoyl group, and the like are more preferable, and an acetyl group is particularly preferable.
  • a propionyl group and a butanoyl group (when the acyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms), more preferably an acetyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 to 6 and more preferably 2 to 4 from the viewpoint of productivity and cost of cellulose synthesis.
  • the part which is not substituted by the acyl group exists normally as a hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group).
  • cellulose as a raw material for cellulose acylate, but examples include cotton linters, wood pulp (derived from conifers and hardwoods), and kenaf. Moreover, the cellulose acylate obtained from them can be mixed and used at an arbitrary ratio.
  • the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention can be produced by a known method.
  • cellulose is esterified by mixing cellulose as a raw material, a predetermined organic acid (such as acetic acid or propionic acid), an acid anhydride (such as acetic anhydride or propionic anhydride), and a catalyst (such as sulfuric acid).
  • a predetermined organic acid such as acetic acid or propionic acid
  • an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride or propionic anhydride
  • a catalyst such as sulfuric acid
  • a cellulose acylate resin having a desired degree of acyl group substitution is synthesized by hydrolyzing the cellulose triester. Thereafter, a cellulose acylate resin is completed through steps such as filtration, precipitation, washing with water, dehydration, and drying.
  • the cellulose acylate used in the optical film according to the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the above conditions are satisfied.
  • the ester group is a linear or branched carboxylic acid ester having about 2 to 22 carbon atoms. These carboxylic acids may form a ring or may be an ester of an aromatic carboxylic acid. In addition, these carboxylic acids may have a substituent.
  • the cellulose acylate is particularly preferably a lower fatty acid ester having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • cellulose acylate resins include cellulose acetate, propionate groups or butyrate groups in addition to acetyl groups such as cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate butyrate. Mention may be made of mixed fatty acid esters of bound cellulose. Of these, cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferred.
  • the cellulose acylate resin having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of 6.0 or more used for the optical film according to the present invention is an acyl group particularly from the viewpoint of transparency when improved in brittleness or compatible with an acrylic resin.
  • the degree of substitution is preferably 2.0 to 3.0. That is, the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention is a cellulose acylate resin substituted with an acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • propionyl, butyryl and the like are preferably used. Is preferably used.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose acylate resin is within the range of 2.0 to 3.0, that is, the residual degree of the hydroxy group at the 2, 3, 6 position of the cellulose acylate molecule is less than 1.0. In such a case, the compatibility between the cellulose acylate resin and the acrylic resin is increased, and when used as an optical film, the transparency is increased.
  • the acyl group may be an aliphatic acyl group or an aromatic acyl group. In the case of an aliphatic acyl group, it may be linear or branched and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the acyl group in the present invention includes an acyl group substituent.
  • the number of substituents X substituted on the aromatic ring is preferably 0 to 5. Also in this case, the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms including the substituent is preferably 1.2 to 3.0.
  • substituents substituted on the aromatic ring when the number of substituents substituted on the aromatic ring is 2 or more, they may be the same or different from each other, but they may be linked together to form a condensed polycyclic compound (for example, naphthalene, indene, indane, phenanthrene, quinoline). , Isoquinoline, chromene, chroman, phthalazine, acridine, indole, indoline, etc.).
  • a condensed polycyclic compound for example, naphthalene, indene, indane, phenanthrene, quinoline.
  • Isoquinoline chromene, chroman, phthalazine, acridine, indole, indoline, etc.
  • a structure having at least one kind of an aliphatic acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is used as a structure used in the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention.
  • the cellulose acylate resin used in the optical film according to the present invention is preferably at least one selected from cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate benzoate, cellulose propionate, and cellulose butyrate. That is, those having an acyl group having 3 or 4 carbon atoms as a substituent are preferred.
  • particularly preferred cellulose acylate resins are cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose propionate.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose acylate resin used in the optical film according to the present invention is 75,000 or more, particularly from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with acrylic resin and brittleness, and is in the range of 75,000 to 300,000. Preferably, it is more preferably in the range of 100,000 to 240,000, particularly preferably 160000 to 240000.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of cellulose acylate can be measured using the gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • plasticizer in the present invention, a plasticizer can be used in combination in order to improve the fluidity and flexibility of the composition.
  • the plasticizer include phthalate ester, fatty acid ester, trimellitic ester, phosphate ester, polyester, and epoxy.
  • polyester-based and phthalate-based plasticizers are preferably used.
  • Polyester plasticizers are superior in non-migration and extraction resistance compared to phthalate ester plasticizers such as dioctyl phthalate, but are slightly inferior in plasticizing effect and compatibility.
  • the polyester plasticizer is a reaction product of a monovalent or tetravalent carboxylic acid and a monovalent or hexavalent alcohol, and is mainly obtained by reacting a divalent carboxylic acid with a glycol.
  • Representative divalent carboxylic acids include glutaric acid, itaconic acid, adipic acid, phthalic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid and the like.
  • glycol examples include glycols such as ethylene, propylene, 1,3-butylene, 1,4-butylene, 1,6-hexamethylene, neopentylene, diethylene, triethylene, and dipropylene. These divalent carboxylic acids and glycols may be used alone or in combination.
  • the ester plasticizer may be any of ester, oligoester, and polyester types, and the molecular weight is preferably in the range of 100 to 10,000, and preferably in the range of 600 to 3000, which has a large plasticizing effect.
  • the viscosity of the plasticizer has a correlation with the molecular structure and molecular weight, but in the case of an adipic acid plasticizer, the range of 200 to 5000 MPa ⁇ s (25 ° C.) is preferable because of compatibility and plasticization efficiency. Furthermore, some polyester plasticizers may be used in combination.
  • the plasticizer is preferably added in an amount of 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the optical film according to the present invention. If the added amount of the plasticizer exceeds 30 parts by mass, the surface becomes sticky, which is not preferable for practical use.
  • the optical film according to the present invention preferably contains an ultraviolet absorber, and examples of the ultraviolet absorber used include benzotriazole, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, and salicylic acid phenyl ester.
  • the ultraviolet absorber used include benzotriazole, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, and salicylic acid phenyl ester.
  • 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, 2- (3 Triazoles such as 5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone And benzophenones.
  • ultraviolet absorbers having a molecular weight of 400 or more are less likely to volatilize at a high boiling point and are difficult to disperse even during high-temperature molding, so that the weather resistance is effectively improved with a relatively small amount of addition. be able to.
  • Examples of the ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more include 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1, 1,3,3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol], bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis ( Hindered amines such as 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate and 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butylmalonic acid Bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl), 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] Such as til] -4- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl
  • 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole and 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1,1,3,3- Tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol] is particularly preferred.
  • antioxidants Furthermore, various antioxidants can also be added to the optical film according to the present invention in order to improve the thermal decomposability and thermal colorability during molding. It is also possible to add an antistatic agent to give the optical film antistatic performance.
  • a flame retardant acrylic resin composition containing a phosphorus flame retardant may be used.
  • Phosphorus flame retardants used here include red phosphorus, triaryl phosphate ester, diaryl phosphate ester, monoaryl phosphate ester, aryl phosphonate compound, aryl phosphine oxide compound, condensed aryl phosphate ester, halogenated alkyl phosphorus. Examples thereof include one or a mixture of two or more selected from acid esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphate esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphonate esters, halogen-containing phosphite esters, and the like.
  • triphenyl phosphate 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, phenylphosphonic acid, tris ( ⁇ -chloroethyl) phosphate, tris (dichloropropyl) Examples thereof include phosphate and tris (tribromoneopentyl) phosphate.
  • the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention is a method for producing an optical film having a sea-island structure composed of a continuous phase corresponding to the sea and a dispersed phase corresponding to an island, and is a resin that is a main component constituting the island B, for example, the difference between the glass transition temperature Tg (B) of the cellulose acylate resin and the glass transition temperature Tg (A) of the resin A, eg, an acrylic resin, which is the main component constituting the sea (Tg (B) ⁇ Tg ( A)) is more than 10 ° C., the difference in refractive index between the resin A and the resin B is 0.08 or less, and the production method has the following steps (a) to (d) preferable.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg (B) of the resin B as the main component constituting the island is higher than the glass transition temperature of the resin A as the main component constituting the sea, and the difference between the two (Tg (B) -Tg (A)) is preferably more than 10 ° C.
  • the production method includes the steps (a) to (d).
  • an optical film having a light diffusing ability that overcomes the brittleness problem that has been a problem with conventional scattering films made of resin blends.
  • an image display device when used as a protective film for a backlight side polarizing plate, it is possible to provide an image display device with excellent image quality in which moire fringes are eliminated without reducing the front luminance.
  • Tg (A)) is preferably more than 10 ° C.
  • stretch it is preferable to extend
  • the protruding state of the island structure can be controlled, and sufficient moire can be achieved without causing a decrease in transmittance.
  • a resolution ability can be imparted.
  • a more preferable range is the difference in glass transition temperature between resin B and resin A (Tg (B) ⁇ Tg ( A)) is 15 ° C. or higher, that is, (Tg (B) ⁇ Tg (A)) ⁇ 15 (° C.).
  • a glass transition temperature is the meaning also including apparent Tg in case resin contains a solvent.
  • the glass transition temperature of the resin is the midpoint glass transition temperature (Tmg) determined by measuring at a temperature rising rate of 20 ° C./min using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-7 manufactured by Perkin Elmer). be able to.
  • the film made by the production method according to the present invention has a sea-island structure due to phase separation of the resin, and has an uneven shape derived from the sea-island structure.
  • Olympus 3D laser microscope LEXT OLS4000 or the like can be used.
  • the difference between the refractive index (A) of the resin A as the main component constituting the sea and the refractive index (B) of the resin B as the main component constituting the island is 0.08 or less. That is,
  • the refractive index means an average refractive index
  • the refractive index of the resin A and the refractive index of the resin B are measured using Abbe's refractometer or the like by producing a film made of each resin. be able to.
  • the draw ratio in the drawing step is preferably in the range of 1.03 to 1.20 times at a temperature at which the drawing temperature T satisfies Tg (A) ⁇ T ⁇ Tg (B).
  • the draw ratio is 1.03 times or more, the effect of the present invention is exhibited. If it is 1.20 times or less, it can suppress that front brightness falls, when a haze value raises and it is set as a display apparatus.
  • the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention is a method for producing an optical film having a sea-island structure composed of a continuous phase corresponding to the sea and a dispersed phase corresponding to an island, and is a resin that is a main component constituting the island
  • the difference between the glass transition temperature Tg (B) of B (cellulose acylate resin) and the glass transition temperature Tg (A) of the resin A (acrylic resin) as the main component constituting the sea (Tg (B) ⁇ Tg ( A)) is more than 10 ° C., the difference in refractive index between the resin A and the resin B is 0.08 or less, and the production method of the embodiment having the steps (a) to (d). preferable.
  • the stretching speed in the stretching step determined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 300% / min.
  • solution casting by the following casting method is preferable.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a dope preparation step, a casting step, and a drying step of a solution casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.
  • a method carried out at normal pressure a method carried out below the boiling point of the main solvent, a method carried out under pressure above the boiling point of the main solvent, JP-A-9-95544, JP-A-9-95557, or Various dissolution methods such as a method using a cooling dissolution method as described in JP-A-9-95538 and a method using a high pressure as described in JP-A-11-21379 can be used.
  • a method in which pressure is applied as described above is preferable.
  • methylene chloride as a non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, etc.
  • Methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and acetone can be preferably used.
  • the dope preferably contains 1 to 40% by mass of a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a solvent containing methylene chloride and a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in a resin A constituting an ocean and a resin B constituting an island is at least 15 to 45% by mass in total.
  • a dissolved dope composition is preferred.
  • linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms examples include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, and tert-butanol. Ethanol is preferred because of the stability of these dopes, the relatively low boiling point, and good drying properties.
  • a filter medium After dissolving the resin and additives, it is filtered with a filter medium, defoamed, and sent to the next process with a liquid feed pump.
  • a filter medium having a collected particle diameter of 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m and a drainage time of 10 to 25 sec / 100 ml.
  • the main dope solution is filtered by the main filter 3, and an ultraviolet absorbent additive solution is added in-line from 16 to this.
  • the main dope may contain about 10 to 50% by weight of recycled material.
  • the return material is a product obtained by finely pulverizing the optical film, which is generated when the optical film is formed, and is obtained by cutting off both sides of the film, or by using an optical film original that has been speculated out due to scratches, etc. .
  • a pellet obtained by kneading the resin A constituting the sea and the resin B constituting the island in advance can be preferably used.
  • ⁇ Pressure dies that can adjust the slit shape of the die base and make the film thickness uniform are preferred.
  • the pressure die include a coat hanger die and a T die, and any of them is preferably used.
  • the surface of the metal support is a mirror surface.
  • two or more pressure dies may be provided on the metal support, and the dope amount may be divided and stacked. Or it is also preferable to obtain the film of a laminated structure by the co-casting method which casts several dope simultaneously.
  • the temperature of the liquid brought into contact with the back surface of the support in this solvent evaporation step, the contact time with the support, and the like may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably 10 to 40 ° C., more preferably 11 to 30 ° C.
  • the amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling of the web on the metal support at the time of peeling is preferably peeled in the range of 5 to 120% by mass depending on the strength of drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like. .
  • the amount of residual solvent used in the present invention can be expressed by the following formula.
  • Residual solvent amount (% by mass) ⁇ (MN) / N ⁇ ⁇ 100
  • M is the mass of the web at an arbitrary point
  • N is the mass when M is dried at 110 ° C. for 3 hours.
  • a drying device 35 that transports the web alternately through rollers arranged in the drying device and / or a tenter stretching device 34 that clips and transports both ends of the web with clips. Use to dry the web.
  • the drying means is generally to blow hot air on both sides of the web, but there is also a means to heat by applying microwaves instead of wind. Too rapid drying tends to impair the flatness of the finished film. Drying at a high temperature is preferably performed from about 8% by mass or less of the residual solvent. Throughout, drying is generally carried out at 40-250 ° C.
  • tenter stretching apparatus When using a tenter stretching apparatus, it is preferable to use an apparatus that can independently control the film gripping length (distance from the start of gripping to the end of gripping) left and right by the left and right gripping means of the tenter. In the tenter process, it is also preferable to intentionally create sections having different temperatures in order to improve planarity.
  • the stretching operation may be performed in multiple stages, and it is also preferable to perform biaxial stretching in the casting direction and the width direction.
  • biaxial stretching When biaxial stretching is performed, simultaneous biaxial stretching may be performed or may be performed stepwise.
  • stepwise means that, for example, stretching in different stretching directions can be sequentially performed, stretching in the same direction is divided into multiple stages, and stretching in different directions is added to any one of the stages. Is also possible. That is, for example, the following stretching steps are possible.
  • Simultaneous biaxial stretching includes stretching in one direction and contracting the other while relaxing the tension.
  • the preferred stretching ratio of simultaneous biaxial stretching can be in the range of x1.01 to x1.5 times in both the width direction and the longitudinal direction.
  • the drying temperature is preferably within 30 to 200 ° C, more preferably within 100 to 200 ° C.
  • the stretching temperature T at this time is stretched so as to satisfy Tg (A) ⁇ T ⁇ Tg (B).
  • Tg (A) ⁇ T ⁇ Tg (B) By stretching at a temperature in this range, it is possible to stretch the resin that constitutes the sea while the island structure grain is not elliptical but round, and the projecting state of the island structure can be controlled. Sufficient moire eliminating ability can be imparted without causing a decrease.
  • the stretching speed represented by the following formula (I) is preferably within 20 to 300% / min.
  • Stretching speed (% / min) ⁇ (width dimension after stretching / width dimension before stretching) -1 ⁇ ⁇ 100 (%) / time required for stretching (min)
  • the stretching speed can be set from the viewpoint of productivity and quality, but if it is 20% / min or more, there is no problem in productivity, and if it is 300% / min or less, a failure such as a crack occurs during stretching. Since it becomes difficult to do, it is preferable.
  • the temperature distribution in the width direction of the atmosphere is small from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of the film.
  • the temperature distribution in the width direction in the tenter process is preferably within ⁇ 5 ° C, and within ⁇ 2 ° C. Is more preferable, and within ⁇ 1 ° C is most preferable.
  • Winding step This is a step of winding the film as a film by the winder 37 after the residual solvent amount in the web is 2% by mass or less.
  • the dimensional stability is achieved by setting the residual solvent amount to 0.4% by mass or less.
  • a film having good properties can be obtained. It is particularly preferable to wind up at 0.00 to 0.10% by mass.
  • a generally used one may be used, and there are a constant torque method, a constant tension method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, etc., and these may be used properly.
  • the film produced by the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention is preferably a long film.
  • the film is about 100 m to 5000 m, and is usually provided in a roll form. It is.
  • the width of the film is preferably 1.3 to 4 m, and more preferably 1.4 to 3 m.
  • the film produced by the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention preferably has a thickness of 20 ⁇ m or more. More preferably, it is 30 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit of the thickness is not limited, but in the case of forming a film by a solution casting method, the upper limit is about 250 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of applicability, foaming, solvent drying, and the like. Preferably it is 125 micrometers or less, More preferably, it is 60 micrometers or less.
  • the optical film manufactured by the method for manufacturing an optical film according to the present invention requires that the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two surfaces be in the range of 0.03 to 1.5 ⁇ m.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra is preferably different, and the arithmetic average roughness Ra based on JIS B0601-2001 on at least one surface is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • the value of Ra is 0.05 ⁇ m or more, a sufficient scattering effect can be obtained and moire fringes can be eliminated. If Ra is 2.0 micrometers or less, it can suppress effectively that front luminance falls when it is set as a display apparatus.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra is measured using a measuring instrument according to JIS B0601-2001, such as Olympus 3D Laser Microscope LEXT OLS4000, Kosaka Laboratory Co., Ltd., Surfcoder MODEL SE-3500, etc. Can be measured.
  • the optical film manufactured by the method according to the present invention has a total haze value of 20 to 80% in one film, and an internal haze value obtained by (total haze value) ⁇ (surface haze value). Is preferably in the range of 0.15 to 30%.
  • the total haze value is 20% or more, moire fringes can be eliminated, and when the total haze value is 80% or less, it is preferable in that it is possible to suppress a decrease in front luminance.
  • a more preferable range of the total haze value is within 35 to 50%.
  • the internal haze value is preferably in the range of 0.15 to 30% from the viewpoint of suppressing moire fringes and preventing reduction in front luminance.
  • a more preferable range of the internal haze value is 0.5 to 20%.
  • haze values can be values measured according to JIS K7136 using a Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. haze meter NDH2000 in an atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
  • the total haze value is a haze value of one film according to the present invention
  • the internal haze value is a value obtained by subtracting the external haze value from the total haze value.
  • the internal haze value a measurement value obtained by covering both surfaces of the film with glycerin having a refractive index of 1.47 and sandwiching the two glass plates to measure the same as the total haze can be used. By doing in this way, the influence of the haze value (namely, external haze value) by the uneven
  • photocurable adhesive for bonding the polarizer and the optical film
  • a photocurable adhesive composition containing the following components ( ⁇ ) to ( ⁇ ).
  • the cationically polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) which is a main component of the photocurable adhesive composition and serves as a component that gives adhesive force by polymerization and curing, may be any compound that can be cured by cationic polymerization. It is preferable to include an epoxy compound having one epoxy group.
  • the epoxy compound includes an aromatic epoxy compound having an aromatic ring in the molecule, an alicyclic epoxy compound having at least two epoxy groups in the molecule, and at least one of which is bonded to the alicyclic ring.
  • a fatty acid that does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule and one carbon atom of the ring containing the two carbon atoms to which it is bonded (usually an oxirane ring) is bonded to another aliphatic carbon atom Group epoxy compounds.
  • the photocurable adhesive composition used in the present invention is preferably a cation polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) having, as a main component, an epoxy resin not containing an aromatic ring or an alicyclic epoxy compound.
  • a cationically polymerizable compound having an alicyclic epoxy compound as a main component is used, a cured product having a high storage elastic modulus is provided, and an optical film and a polarizer are bonded via the cured product (adhesive layer). In this case, the polarizer is difficult to break.
  • the alicyclic epoxy compound has at least two epoxy groups in the molecule, and at least one of them is bonded to the alicyclic ring.
  • the epoxy group bonded to the alicyclic ring is, as shown in the following formula (ep), two bonds in which two bonds of the epoxy group (—O—) constitute the alicyclic ring.
  • Each of the carbon atoms (usually adjacent carbon atoms).
  • ep m represents an integer of 2 to 5.
  • a compound in which a group in which one or a plurality of hydrogen atoms in (CH 2 ) m in formula (ep) are removed is bonded to another chemical structure can be an alicyclic epoxy compound.
  • Hydrogen constituting the alicyclic ring may be appropriately substituted with a linear alkyl group such as a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • any of the following formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) is more preferable because they are easily available and have a large effect of increasing the storage elastic modulus of the cured product.
  • R 3 to R 24 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and when R 3 to R 24 are alkyl groups, the position bonded to the alicyclic ring is 1 It is an arbitrary number from the first to sixth positions.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be a straight chain, may be branched, or may have an alicyclic ring.
  • Y 8 represents an oxygen atom or an alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 to Y 7 each independently represents a straight chain, may be branched, and may represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have an alicyclic ring.
  • n, p, q and r each independently represents a number from 0 to 20.
  • the alicyclic diepoxy compound represented by the formula (ep-2) is preferable because it is easily available.
  • the alicyclic diepoxy compound of the formula (ep-2) includes 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethanol (an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be bonded to the cyclohexane ring) and 3,4-epoxycyclohexane.
  • An ester compound with a carboxylic acid an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be bonded to the cyclohexane ring).
  • an alicyclic epoxy compound in combination with an epoxy resin substantially free of an alicyclic epoxy group. If a cation-polymerizable compound containing an alicyclic epoxy compound as the main component and an epoxy resin substantially free of an alicyclic epoxy group is used as a cationically polymerizable compound, the cured product has a high storage elastic modulus. However, the adhesion between the polarizer and the optical film can be further enhanced.
  • an epoxy resin having substantially no alicyclic epoxy group means that one carbon atom of a ring (usually an oxirane ring) containing an epoxy group and two carbon atoms to which the epoxy group is bonded in the molecule.
  • a compound bonded to another aliphatic carbon atom examples thereof include polyglycidyl ether of polyhydric alcohol (phenol).
  • phenol polyhydric alcohol
  • a diglycidyl ether compound represented by the following general formula (ge) is preferable because it is easily available and has a great effect of improving the adhesion between the polarizer and the optical film.
  • X represents a direct bond, a methylene group, an alkylidene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, O, S, SO 2 , SS, SO, CO, OCO, or the following formula: This represents a substituent selected from the group consisting of three kinds of substituents represented by (ge-1) to (ge-3), and the alkylidene group may be substituted with a halogen atom.
  • R 25 and R 26 may be each independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group.
  • a and D are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, or 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom.
  • the methylene group in the alkyl group, aryl group or arylalkyl group may be interrupted by an unsaturated bond, —O— or —S—.
  • a represents a number from 0 to 4
  • d represents a number from 0 to 4.
  • Examples of the diglycidyl ether compound of the general formula (ge) include bisphenol-type epoxy resins such as diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol S; glycidyl ether of tetrahydroxyphenylmethane , Glycidyl ether of tetrahydroxybenzophenone, polyfunctional epoxy resin such as epoxidized polyvinylphenol; polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol; polyglycidyl ether of alkylene oxide adduct of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol; Examples thereof include diglycidyl ether, and among them, polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol is preferable because it is easily available.
  • Examples of the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol include those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. More specifically, for example, ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2,4-pentanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl -2,4-pentanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,7-heptanediol, 3,5-heptanediol, 1,8-octanediol, -Aliphatic
  • the blending ratio of both is 50 to 50 based on the total amount of the cationic polymerizable compound. It is preferable that 95% by mass and an epoxy resin substantially not having an alicyclic epoxy group be 5% by mass or more.
  • the adhesiveness of a polarizer and an optical film improves by mix
  • the amount of the epoxy resin having substantially no alicyclic epoxy group is 50 based on the total amount of the cation polymerizable compound when the cation polymerizable compound is a two-component system with the alicyclic epoxy compound.
  • the amount is 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the cationically polymerizable compound. Is preferred.
  • cationically polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) constituting the photocurable adhesive composition when using an alicyclic epoxy compound and an epoxy resin substantially free of an alicyclic epoxy group as described above, in the range where becomes the above-mentioned amount, in addition to these, other cationically polymerizable compounds may be included.
  • examples of other cationically polymerizable compounds include epoxy compounds other than formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) and general formula (ge), oxetane compounds, and the like.
  • Epoxy compounds other than those represented by formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) and formula (ge) include at least one alicyclic ring in the molecule other than those represented by formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11).
  • Examples of alicyclic epoxy compounds having an epoxy group bonded to at least one alicyclic ring in a molecule other than those represented by formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) include 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide, 1, 2: diepoxides of vinylcyclohexenes such as 8,8,9-diepoxy limonene.
  • Examples of the aliphatic epoxy compound having an oxirane ring bonded to an aliphatic carbon atom other than the general formula (ge) include triglycidyl ether of glycerin, triglycidyl ether of trimethylolpropane, and diglycidyl ether of polyethylene glycol.
  • the aromatic epoxy compound having an aromatic ring and an epoxy group in the molecule can be a glycidyl ether of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound having at least two phenolic hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) in the molecule.
  • a hydrogenated epoxy compound in which an aromatic ring in an aromatic epoxy compound is hydrogenated is an aromatic polyhydroxy compound having at least two phenolic hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) in a molecule as a raw material of the aromatic epoxy compound.
  • Specific examples include diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol F, diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol S, and the like.
  • epoxy compounds other than formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) and general formula (ge) they have an epoxy group bonded to an alicyclic ring, and are classified as the alicyclic epoxy compounds defined above.
  • the sum of the alicyclic epoxy compounds represented by the formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) does not exceed 95% by mass based on the total amount of the cationic polymerizable compound Used in a range.
  • An oxetane compound that can be any cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a 4-membered cyclic ether (oxetanyl group) in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxymethyl] benzene, 3-ethyl-3- (phenoxymethyl) oxetane, di [ (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ether, 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexyloxymethyl) oxetane, 3-ethyl-3- (cyclohexyloxymethyl) oxetane, phenol novolak oxetane, 1,3-bis [(3-Ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] benzene, oxetanylsilsesquio
  • the oxetane compound By blending the oxetane compound at a ratio of 30% by mass or less based on the total amount of the cationic polymerizable compound, an effect of improving curability is expected compared to the case where only the epoxy compound is used as the cationic polymerizable compound. There are things you can do.
  • Photocationic polymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) In the present invention, the cationically polymerizable compound as described above is cationically polymerized by irradiation with active energy rays and cured to form an adhesive layer. Therefore, the photocurable adhesive composition has photocationic polymerization initiation. It is preferable to blend the agent ( ⁇ ).
  • the cationic photopolymerization initiator generates a cationic species or a Lewis acid upon irradiation with active energy rays such as visible light, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams, and initiates a polymerization reaction of the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ). It is. Since the cationic photopolymerization initiator acts catalytically by light, it is excellent in storage stability and workability even when mixed with the cationically polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ).
  • Examples of compounds that generate cation species and Lewis acids upon irradiation with active energy rays include aromatic diazonium salts; onium salts such as aromatic iodonium salts and aromatic sulfonium salts; and iron-allene complexes.
  • aromatic diazonium salt examples include benzenediazonium hexafluoroantimonate, benzenediazonium hexafluorophosphate, and benzenediazonium hexafluoroborate.
  • aromatic iodonium salt examples include diphenyliodonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate, di (4-nonylphenyl) iodonium hexafluorophosphate, and the like.
  • aromatic sulfonium salt examples include triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, triphenylsulfonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, 4,4′-bis [diphenylsulfonio] diphenyl sulfide bishexafluoro.
  • iron-allene complexes examples include xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) hexafluoroantimonate, cumene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) hexafluorophosphate, xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) tris (tri Fluoromethylsulfonyl) methanide and the like.
  • photocationic polymerization initiators may be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • aromatic sulfonium salts are particularly preferably used because they have ultraviolet absorption characteristics even in the wavelength region near 300 nm, and thus can provide a cured product having excellent curability and good mechanical strength and adhesive strength. .
  • the blending amount of the photocationic polymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) is 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the whole cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ).
  • the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) can be sufficiently cured, and the resulting polarizing plate has high mechanical strength. And give adhesive strength.
  • the amount is increased, the ionic substance in the cured product increases, so that the hygroscopic property of the cured product increases and the durability performance of the polarizing plate may be lowered.
  • the amount of the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) is preferably 2 parts by mass or more and preferably 6 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ).
  • the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention is suitable for light having a wavelength longer than 380 nm in addition to the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) and the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) including the epoxy compound as described above. Contains a photosensitizer ( ⁇ ) exhibiting maximum absorption.
  • the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) exhibits maximum absorption at a wavelength near or shorter than 300 nm, generates a cationic species or a Lewis acid in response to light having a wavelength near the wavelength, and generates a cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) Is initiated, but a photosensitizer ( ⁇ ) that exhibits maximum absorption in light having a wavelength longer than 380 nm is blended so as to be sensitive to light having a longer wavelength than that.
  • an anthracene compound represented by the following general formula (at) is advantageously used.
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • R7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • anthracene compound represented by the general formula (at) include 9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropoxyanthracene, 9,10-diisopropoxyanthracene, 9 , 10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipentyloxyanthracene, 9,10-dihexyloxyanthracene, 9,10-bis (2-methoxyethoxy) anthracene, 9,10-bis (2-ethoxyethoxy) anthracene, 9 , 10-bis (2-butoxyethoxy) anthracene, 9,10-bis (3-butoxypropoxy) anthracene, 2-methyl or 2-ethyl-9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 2-methyl or 2-ethyl-9, 10-diethoxyanthracene, 2-methyl or 2 Ethyl-9,10-dipropoxyanthracene
  • hardenability of a photocurable adhesive composition improves compared with the case where it is not mix
  • Curability is improved by setting the blending amount of the photosensitizer ( ⁇ ) to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) constituting the photocurable adhesive composition to be 0.1 parts by mass or more. The effect is manifested.
  • the blending amount of the photosensitizer ( ⁇ ) increases, problems such as precipitation during low-temperature storage occur, so the blending amount of 2 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) To do.
  • the amount of the photosensitizer ( ⁇ ) is in the range of 0.1 to 0.5 parts by mass, further 0.1 to 0.3 parts by mass. Is preferred.
  • the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention includes the following cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) containing an epoxy compound, a cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ ), and a photosensitizer ( ⁇ ). It contains a naphthalene-based photosensitization aid ( ⁇ ) represented by the general formula (nf).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • naphthalene photosensitizer ( ⁇ ) include 1,4-dimethoxynaphthalene, 1-ethoxy-4-methoxynaphthalene, 1,4-diethoxynaphthalene, 1,4-dipropoxynaphthalene, 1, 4-dibutoxynaphthalene and the like can be mentioned.
  • the curability of the photocurable adhesive composition is improved as compared with the case where it is not blended.
  • the blending amount of the naphthalene photosensitizer ( ⁇ ) is set to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ) constituting the photocurable adhesive composition to be 0.1 parts by mass or more, curability is improved. The improvement effect is manifested.
  • the amount of the naphthalene-based photosensitization aid ( ⁇ ) increases, problems such as precipitation during low-temperature storage occur, and therefore the amount is 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ).
  • the blending amount Preferably, the blending amount is 5 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ).
  • the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention can contain an additive component as an optional component as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • additive components in addition to the above-mentioned photocationic polymerization initiator and photosensitizer ( ⁇ ), photosensitizers other than the photosensitizer ( ⁇ ), thermal cationic polymerization initiators, polyols, ion trapping agents , Antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents, tackifiers, thermoplastic resins, fillers, flow regulators, plasticizers, antifoaming agents, leveling agents, dyes, organic solvents, and the like.
  • the amount of the additive component used is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ).
  • the amount used is 1000 parts by mass or less, a cationically polymerizable compound ( ⁇ ), a photocationic polymerization initiator ( ⁇ ), and a photosensitizer, which are essential components of the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention.
  • the adhesive for laminating the polarizer and the optical film include a photocurable adhesive composition containing the following three components ( ⁇ 1), ( ⁇ 2) and ( ⁇ 1) as essential components: Is included.
  • epoxy compound of ( ⁇ 1) Epoxy compound having at least two epoxy groups in the molecule ( ⁇ 2)
  • Photocationic polymerization initiator the epoxy compound of ( ⁇ 1) above, The oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) and the photocationic polymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1) are simply referred to as epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1), oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2), and photocationic polymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1), respectively.
  • the mass ratio of the epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1) to the oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) is preferably about 90:10 to 10:90.
  • the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1) is preferably blended in the composition at a ratio of about 0.5 to 20% by mass.
  • This photo-curable adhesive can optionally contain an unsaturated compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule as the ( ⁇ ) component.
  • an unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) When such an unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) is contained, it is preferable to contain a radical photopolymerization initiator as the ( ⁇ ) component.
  • this photocurable adhesive agent can also contain the other component which does not have polymerizability as ((eta)) component.
  • the unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ), the photoradical polymerization initiator as the ( ⁇ ) component, and the other non-polymerizable component as the ( ⁇ ) component are simply referred to as the unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) and the photoradical, respectively. It is referred to as a polymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) and other component ( ⁇ ) having no polymerizability.
  • epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1)) In the photo-curable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention, the epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1) is not particularly limited as long as it has at least two epoxy groups in the molecule, and various kinds of generally known curings. A functional epoxy compound can be used.
  • an aromatic epoxy compound a compound having at least two epoxy groups and at least one aromatic ring in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as an aromatic epoxy compound), or having at least two epoxy groups in the molecule.
  • the compound include at least one compound formed between two adjacent carbon atoms constituting the alicyclic ring (hereinafter referred to as an alicyclic epoxy compound).
  • the aromatic epoxy compound is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not hindered, but bisphenol type epoxy such as diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, diglycidyl ether of brominated bisphenol A, and the like.
  • Novolac type epoxy resin such as phenol novolac type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin; other, biphenyl type epoxy resin, hydroquinone diglycidyl ether, resorcin diglycidyl ether, terephthalic acid diglycidyl ester, phthalic acid diglycidyl ester, Epoxidized styrene-butadiene copolymer, epoxidized styrene-isoprene copolymer, addition of terminal carboxylic acid polybutadiene and bisphenol A type epoxy resin Applied Physics, etc. as an example.
  • the epoxy resin means a compound or polymer having an average of two or more epoxy groups in the molecule and cured by reaction.
  • a monomer may be referred to as an epoxy resin as long as it has two or more curable epoxy groups in the molecule.
  • the alicyclic epoxy compound is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not hindered, but dicyclopentadiene dioxide, limonene dioxide, 4-vinylcyclohexene dioxide, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4- Examples include compounds having at least one epoxidized cyclohexyl group such as epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate and bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate.
  • aliphatic epoxy compounds such as 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol tetraglycidyl ether, polytetramethylene glycol diglycidyl ether; dihydrogenated bisphenol A Epoxy compounds with aromatic rings hydrogenated, such as glycidyl ethers; compounds with both ends of hydroxybutadiene (hydroxyl group) glycidyl ethers, polybutadiene internal epoxidation products, styrene-butadiene copolymers A compound in which the double bond is partially epoxidized (for example, Epofriend manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), a block copolymer of ethylene-butylene copolymer and polyisoprene is partially epoxidized Objects (e.g., KRATON Co. L-207) polymeric epoxy compounds, such as 1,6-he
  • aromatic epoxy compounds are preferable because they are excellent in durability and the like when used for polarizing plates, and particularly excellent in adhesion to polarizers and optical films.
  • preferred examples of the aromatic epoxy compound include glycidyl ethers of aromatic compounds or glycidyl esters of aromatic compounds.
  • glycidyl ethers of aromatic compounds include bisphenol type epoxy resins such as diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, diglycidyl ether of brominated bisphenol A; phenol novolac type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type Preferred examples include novolak-type epoxy resins such as epoxy resins; biphenyl-type epoxy resins; hydroquinone diglycidyl ether; resorcin diglycidyl ether and the like.
  • Specific examples of glycidyl esters of aromatic compounds include terephthalic acid diglycidyl ester and phthalic acid diglycidyl ester.
  • glycidyl ether of an aromatic compound is particularly preferable because it is more excellent in adhesion between a polarizer and an optical film and durability when used for a polarizing plate.
  • particularly preferable compounds include diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, and phenol novolac type epoxy resin.
  • An epoxy compound ((alpha) 1) can also be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types can also be mixed and used for it.
  • two or more aromatic epoxy compounds can be mixed and used, or an aromatic epoxy compound as a main component and an alicyclic epoxy compound can also be mixed.
  • the oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one oxetanyl group in the molecule, and various compounds having an oxetanyl group are also used. be able to.
  • Preferred examples of the oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) include a compound having one oxetanyl group in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as monofunctional oxetane) and a compound having two or more oxetanyl groups in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as polyfunctional oxetane). As mentioned.
  • monofunctional oxetane monofunctional oxetane containing alkoxyalkyl group such as 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexyloxymethyl) oxetane, and monofunctional containing aromatic group such as 3-ethyl-3-phenoxymethyloxetane.
  • alkoxyalkyl group such as 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexyloxymethyl) oxetane
  • monofunctional containing aromatic group such as 3-ethyl-3-phenoxymethyloxetane.
  • Preferred examples include hydroxy group (hydroxyl group) -containing monofunctional oxetane such as oxetane and 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane.
  • polyfunctional oxetane examples include 3-ethyl-3-[(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] oxetane, 1,4-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] benzene, 1,4-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] benzene, 1,3-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] benzene, 1,2-bis [(3-ethyl Oxetane-3-yl) methoxy] benzene, 4,4'-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] biphenyl, 2,2'-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] Biphenyl, 3,3 ′, 5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-bis [(3-
  • the oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) is preferably liquid at room temperature with a molecular weight of 500 or less from the viewpoint of coating properties and adhesion to an optical film when used for a polarizing plate. Furthermore, in terms of excellent durability of the polarizing plate, a monofunctional oxetane is more preferably an aromatic ring in the molecule or a polyfunctional oxetane.
  • oxetane compounds examples include 3-ethyl-3-phenoxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-[(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] oxetane, 1,4-bis [(3 -Ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] benzene and the like.
  • the oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) can also be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the mass ratio of the epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1) to the oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) is 90:10 to 10:90. If this mass ratio is excessive or insufficient, the effect of curing in a short time, which is one of the important characteristics in the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention, is not sufficiently exhibited.
  • a preferred mass ratio is about 70:30 to 20:80, more preferably 60:40, because it has a low viscosity before curing, excellent coating properties, and can exhibit sufficient adhesion and flexibility after curing. It is about 25:75.
  • the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention contains the above-described epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1) and oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) as curing components, and these are all cured by cationic polymerization.
  • a photocationic polymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1) is blended.
  • the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1) generates cationic species or a Lewis acid by irradiation with active energy rays such as visible light, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams, and initiates a polymerization reaction of an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group.
  • the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1) By blending the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1), curing at room temperature is possible, and there is little need to consider the heat resistance of the polarizer and distortion due to expansion or contraction. it can. In addition, since the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1) acts catalytically upon irradiation with active energy rays, it is excellent in storage stability and workability even when mixed with the epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1) and the oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2). .
  • Photocationic polymerization initiators ( ⁇ 1) that generate cationic species and Lewis acids upon irradiation with such active energy rays include, for example, onium salts such as aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic iodonium salts and aromatic sulfonium salts, iron- An allene complex etc. can be mentioned.
  • aromatic diazonium salt examples include benzenediazonium hexafluoroantimonate, benzenediazonium hexafluorophosphate, and benzenediazonium hexafluoroborate.
  • aromatic iodonium salt examples include diphenyliodonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate, di (4-nonylphenyl) iodonium hexafluorophosphate, and the like.
  • aromatic sulfonium salt examples include triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, triphenylsulfonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, diphenyl [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] sulfonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyl [ 4- (phenylthio) phenyl] sulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, 4,4'-bis (diphenylsulfonio) diphenyl sulfide bishexafluorophosphate, 4,4'-bis [di ( ⁇ -hydroxyethoxy) phenylsulfonio] diphenyl Sulfide bishexafluoroantimonate, 4,4'-bis [di ( ⁇ -hydroxyethoxy) phenylsulfon
  • iron-allene complexes examples include xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) hexafluoroantimonate, cumene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) hexafluorophosphate, xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) -tris ( (Trifluoromethylsulfonyl) methanide and the like.
  • photocationic polymerization initiators ( ⁇ 1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • aromatic sulfonium salts are particularly preferably used because they have ultraviolet absorption characteristics even in a wavelength region of 300 nm or more, and therefore can provide a cured product having excellent curability and good mechanical strength and adhesive strength. It is done.
  • cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1) commercially available products can be easily obtained.
  • Kayrad PCI-220 and Kayalad PCI-620 (above, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) under the trade names, respectively.
  • UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co.), Adeka optomer SP-150, Adeka optomer SP-170 (above, manufactured by ADEKA), CI-5102, CIT-1370, CIT-1682S, CIP-1866S , CIP-2048S, CIP-2064S (manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.), DPI-101, DPI-102, DPI-103, DPI-105, MPI-103, MPI-105, BBI-101, BBI-102 , BBI-103, BBI-105, TPS-101, TPS-102, TPS-103, TPS-105 MDS-103, MDS-105, DTS-102, DTS-103 (manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.), PI-2074 (manufactured by Rhodia), Irgacure 250, Irgacure PAG103, Irgacure PAG108, Irgacure PAG
  • UVI-6992, CPI-100P, CPI-101A, CPI-200K, and CPI-210S containing diphenyl [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] sulfonium as a cation component are preferable.
  • the blending ratio of the cationic photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1) is in the range of 0.5 to 20% by mass based on the entire photocurable adhesive.
  • the blending ratio is less than 0.5% by mass, curing of the photocurable adhesive becomes insufficient, and mechanical strength and adhesive strength are lowered.
  • the blending ratio exceeds 20% by mass, the ionic substance in the cured product is increased, so that the hygroscopic property of the cured product is increased and the durability may be lowered.
  • the photocurable adhesive may contain an unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, if necessary.
  • a typical example of such an unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) includes a (meth) acrylic compound having at least one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule.
  • the (meth) acrylic compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylamides, (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acryloylmorpholine, and (meth) acrylaldehyde.
  • the (meth) acrylates having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule are not particularly limited, but for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, Propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, Alkyl (meth) acrylates such as stearyl (meth) acrylate; hydrides such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate Roxyalkyl (meth)
  • (meth) acrylates having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
  • Alicyclic rings such as tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, norbornane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, di (meth) acrylate of hydrogenated bisphenol A Di (meth) acrylates having bisphenol A ethylene oxide adduct di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A propylene oxide adduct di (meth) acrylate containing di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A Di (meth) acrylates having an aromatic ring such as di (meth) acrylate of A diglycidyl ether; ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, penta Di (meth) acrylates of alkylene glycols such as diol di (meth) acrylate and hexanediol di (meth) acrylate; diethylene glycol di
  • (Meth) acrylamides include (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N- (3-N, N- Examples thereof include dimethylaminopropyl) (meth) acrylamide, methylene bis (meth) acrylamide, and ethylene bis (meth) acrylamide.
  • oligomers such as urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, and epoxy (meth) acrylate can be used as the (meth) acrylic compound.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond other than the (meth) acryloyl group can also be used as the (meth) acrylic compound.
  • Specific examples thereof include allyl (meth) acrylate and N, N-diallyl (meth) acrylamide.
  • the unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) is not particularly limited, and in addition to the above (meth) acrylic compounds, vinyl compounds such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, divinyl adipate and divinyl sebacate; triallyl isocyan Allyl compounds such as nurate, triallylamine, tetraallyl pyromellitate, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraallyl-1,4-diaminobutane, tetraallylammonium salt, allylamine; such as maleic acid and itaconic acid Unsaturated carboxylic acids and the like can also be used.
  • vinyl compounds such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, divinyl adipate and divinyl sebacate
  • triallyl isocyan Allyl compounds such as nurate, triallylamine, tetraallyl pyromellitate, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraallyl-1,4-diamino
  • (meth) acrylic compounds are preferable. Furthermore, when a polarizer and an optical film are bonded via an adhesive containing the same to produce a polarizing plate, at least one alicyclic skeleton in the molecule or from the viewpoint of enhancing durability such as heat resistance A (meth) acrylic compound having an aromatic ring skeleton is more preferable. Specific examples of the (meth) acrylic compound having at least one alicyclic skeleton or aromatic ring skeleton in the molecule include the above-described alicyclic monofunctional (meth) acrylates and monofunctional having an aromatic ring.
  • Preferable examples include (meth) acrylates, di (meth) acrylates having an alicyclic ring, or di (meth) acrylates having an aromatic ring.
  • di (meth) acrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton is preferable, and specific examples of such (meth) acrylic compounds are tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate and the like. be able to.
  • the unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) can be used to adjust the curing speed, the adhesion between the polarizer and the optical film, the elastic modulus of the adhesive layer, the durability of the adhesive, and the like.
  • An unsaturated compound ((epsilon)) can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
  • the blending ratio is preferably 35% by mass or less based on the entire composition. Thereby, the adhesiveness between a polarizer and an optical film will be excellent. When the amount of the unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) exceeds 35% by mass, it is difficult to obtain sufficient adhesive strength with the polarizer. Therefore, the blending ratio of the unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ) is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and further preferably about 5 to 25% by mass, especially about 10 to 20% by mass.
  • Photoradical polymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) When the photocurable adhesive contains an unsaturated compound ( ⁇ ), it is preferable to add a photoradical polymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) in order to promote the radical polymerizability and make the curing rate sufficient.
  • radical photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) are not particularly limited, but for example, 4′-phenoxy-2,2-dichloroacetophenone, 4′-tert-butyl-2,2-dichloroacetophenone, 2,2- Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, ⁇ , ⁇ -diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2 -Methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1- (4-dodecylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methyl Propan-1-one, 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] -2-hydroxy-2- Acetophenone photopolymerization initiators such as tilpropan-1-one and 2-benzyl-2-di
  • the radical photopolymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) can be used alone or in combination of two or more according to the desired performance.
  • the blending ratio is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably about 0.1 to 3% by mass based on the entire composition. If the amount of the photo radical polymerization initiator ( ⁇ ) is too large, sufficient strength may not be obtained. Moreover, when the amount is insufficient, the adhesive may not be sufficiently cured. (Other components ( ⁇ ))
  • other components different from the components ( ⁇ 1) to ( ⁇ ) are optionally blended within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Can do.
  • the other component there may be mentioned compounds having cationic polymerizability other than the epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1) and the oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, an epoxy compound having one epoxy group in the molecule, and the like. Further, as another type belonging to the other component, other component ( ⁇ ) having no polymerizability can be exemplified. When the other component ( ⁇ ) having no polymerizability is blended, the blending ratio is preferably about 10% by mass or less based on the entire composition.
  • a photosensitizer is mentioned. By blending a photosensitizer, the reactivity is improved and the mechanical strength and adhesive strength of the cured product can be improved.
  • the photosensitizer include carbonyl compounds, organic sulfur compounds, persulfides, redox compounds, azo and diazo compounds, halogen compounds, and photoreductive dyes.
  • benzoin derivatives such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethoxy- ⁇ -phenylacetophenone; benzophenone, 2,4-dichlorobenzophenone, o Benzophenone derivatives such as methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4,4′-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone; thioxanthone derivatives such as 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone; 2 Anthraquinone derivatives such as chloroanthraquinone and 2-methylanthraquinone; acridone derivatives such as N-methylacridone and N-butylacridone; other ⁇ , ⁇ -diethoxyacetophenone, benzyl, Luenone, xanth
  • the photo sensitizer here is particularly one that functions as a sensitizer for the photo cationic polymerization initiator ( ⁇ 1). It is not limited. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the photosensitizer is a cationically polymerizable monomer (including the above epoxy compound ( ⁇ 1) and oxetane compound ( ⁇ 2) in the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention, and has the other cationic polymerization properties described above.
  • the total amount of the compound (including the compound when it is blended) is preferably 100 parts by mass and is preferably contained in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass.
  • thermal cationic polymerization initiator can also be used as another component ( ⁇ ) having no polymerizability.
  • the thermal cationic polymerization initiator include benzylsulfonium salt, thiophenium salt, thiolanium salt, benzylammonium salt, pyridinium salt, hydrazinium salt, carboxylic acid ester, sulfonic acid ester, and amine imide. These initiators can be easily obtained as commercial products.
  • both of these initiators are indicated by trade names, and ADEKA OPTON CP77 and ADEKA OPTON CP66 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), CI-2639, CI- 2624 (manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.), Sun Aid SI-60L, Sun Aid SI-80L, Sun Aid SI-100L (manufactured by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • polyols Since polyols have the property of promoting cationic polymerization, they can also be used as other components ( ⁇ ) that do not have polymerizability.
  • the polyols those having no acidic group other than the phenolic hydroxy group (hydroxyl group) are preferable.
  • a polyol compound having no functional group other than the hydroxy group (hydroxyl group) a polyester polyol compound, a polycaprolactone polyol compound, and a phenolic compound. Examples thereof include a polyol compound having a hydroxy group (hydroxyl group) and a polycarbonate polyol compound.
  • other components ( ⁇ ) having no polymerizability include silane coupling agents, ion trapping agents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents, sensitizers, and tackifiers.
  • An agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow regulator, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent, a leveling agent, a dye, an organic solvent, and the like can be blended.
  • thermoplastic resin as another component ( ⁇ ) having no polymerizability for the purpose of further improving the adhesion with the optical film.
  • thermoplastic resin those having a glass transition temperature of 70 ° C. or higher are preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing the durability of the polarizer, and particularly preferred examples include a methyl methacrylate polymer.
  • the polarizing plate is mainly composed of two optical films that protect both the front side and the back side of the polarizer.
  • the optical film according to the present invention is used for at least one of two optical films sandwiching a polarizer from both sides. Since the optical film according to the present invention has not only a moire eliminating ability but also a protective film property, the manufacturing cost of the polarizing plate can be reduced.
  • the polarizing plate according to the present invention can be used as a polarizing plate on the backlight source side of the image display device or a polarizing plate on the viewing side.
  • the optical film according to the present invention is disposed so as to be closest to the backlight source.
  • the polarizing plate adheres the polarizer and the optical film to each other through an adhesive coating step of applying the following photocurable adhesive to at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the optical film, and an adhesive layer. It can manufacture by the manufacturing method including the bonding process to bond, and the hardening process which hardens an adhesive bond layer in the state to which the polarizer and the optical film were adhere
  • pre-process process which performs the easy adhesion process by corona (discharge) process, plasma process, etc. on the surface which adhere
  • pretreatment process the surface of the optical film that adheres to the polarizer is subjected to an easy adhesion treatment.
  • an easy adhesion process is performed on each optical film.
  • the surface subjected to the easy adhesion treatment is treated as an adhesion surface with the polarizer.
  • the photocurable adhesive is applied to at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the optical film.
  • the application method is not particularly limited. For example, various coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a comma coater, and a gravure coater can be used.
  • the method of pressurizing with a roller etc. and spreading uniformly can also be utilized.
  • this bonding step for example, when a photocurable adhesive is applied to the surface of the polarizer in the previous application step, an optical film is superimposed thereon.
  • a photocurable adhesive is applied to the surface of the optical film in the previous application step, a polarizer is superimposed thereon.
  • a photocurable adhesive is cast between the polarizer and the optical film, the polarizer and the optical film are superposed in that state.
  • the optical film is superimposed on the both surfaces of the polarizer via the photocurable adhesive.
  • both sides if the optical film is superimposed on one side of the polarizer, the polarizer side and the optical film side, and if the optical film is superimposed on both sides of the polarizer,
  • the film is pressed with a roller or the like from the film side).
  • a roller or the like As the material of the roller, metal, rubber or the like can be used.
  • the rollers arranged on both sides may be made of the same material or different materials.
  • an uncured photocurable adhesive is irradiated with active energy rays to cure the adhesive layer containing an epoxy compound or an oxetane compound, and the polarizer and the optical layer overlapped via the photocurable adhesive. Adhere to the film.
  • the active energy ray visible light, ultraviolet ray, X-ray, electron beam and the like can be used, but ultraviolet ray is generally preferably used because it is easy to handle and has a sufficient curing rate.
  • the light source of the active energy ray is not particularly limited, but has a light emission distribution at a wavelength of 400 nm or less. An LED lamp or the like can be used.
  • the light irradiation intensity to the photocurable adhesive is determined for each target composition and is not particularly limited, but the irradiation intensity in the wavelength region effective for activating the polymerization initiator is UV. Adjustment is preferably made so that it is in the range of 1 to 3,000 mW / cm 2 as -B (ultraviolet light in the middle wavelength range of 280 to 320 nm).
  • the reaction time becomes too long, and when the irradiation intensity exceeds 3,000 mW / cm 2 , due to the heat radiated from the lamp and the heat generated during polymerization of the photocurable adhesive, There is a possibility of causing yellowing of the photocurable adhesive and deterioration of the polarizer.
  • the light irradiation time to the photocurable adhesive is controlled for each composition to be cured and is not particularly limited.
  • the integrated light amount represented by the product of the irradiation intensity and the irradiation time is 10 to 5000 mJ / cm. It is preferably set to be in the range of 2 .
  • the integrated light quantity is less than 10 mJ / cm 2 , active species derived from the polymerization initiator are not sufficiently generated, and the adhesive layer may be insufficiently cured.
  • the integrated light quantity exceeds 5000 mJ / cm 2 , the irradiation time becomes very long, which is disadvantageous for improving productivity.
  • the photocurable adhesive When curing the photocurable adhesive by irradiating with active energy rays, it is possible to cure under conditions that do not deteriorate the various functions of the polarizing plate, such as the degree of polarization of the polarizer, the transmittance, the hue, and the transparency of the optical film. preferable.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is usually 50 ⁇ m or less, preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the polarizing plate of this invention can be used for the liquid crystal display device of a various aspect.
  • the light source 1a is composed of a light emitting light source 2a and a light guide plate 13a, and is mainly used for small LCDs for monitors and mobile applications.
  • the lower diffusion sheet is an optical sheet having strong light diffusibility mainly for reducing in-plane luminance unevenness of the backlight unit (BLU) 6a, and the condensing sheet transmits diffused light in the front direction of the liquid crystal display device (display device plane).
  • the upper diffusion sheet is used to reduce the moire generated by a periodic structure such as a prism sheet that is a light condensing sheet or a pixel in a liquid crystal cell, and the lower diffusion sheet. This optical sheet is used to further reduce in-plane luminance unevenness that cannot be removed by the sheet.
  • the upper diffusion sheet is removed from the surface light source device in FIGS. 2A and 2B, and the polarizing plate of the present invention can be used as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B.
  • the polarizing plate protective film for the polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight unit side is removed, and the optical film according to the present invention is attached to the polarizing plate instead.
  • It may be configured as follows. Even with such a configuration, moire fringes can be suppressed without reducing the front luminance. Furthermore, the cost reduction of the whole liquid crystal display device is realizable by setting it as the structure which removed the protective film for upper polarizing plates in this way.
  • Liquid crystal cell display methods include twisted nematic (TN), super twisted nematic (STN), vertical alignment (VA), in-plane switching (IPS), and optically compensated bend cells (OCB). It can be preferably used for a transmissive, reflective, or transflective liquid crystal display device.
  • TN twisted nematic
  • STN super twisted nematic
  • VA vertical alignment
  • IPS in-plane switching
  • OOB optically compensated bend cells
  • CCFL Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp, cold cathode tube
  • HCFL Hot Cathode Fluorescent Lamp, hot cathode tube
  • LED Light Emitting Diode, light emitting diode
  • OLED Organic LED
  • Light-emitting diode, organic light emitting diode [organic EL]), inorganic EL, and the like can be preferably used.
  • a main dope solution having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose ester and sugar ester compound were added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This was completely dissolved while stirring, and Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
  • Resin A Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree: 1.64, propionyl group substitution degree: 1.12, weight average molecular weight: 190,000, glass transition temperature: 150 ° C., refractive index: 1.490) 2 parts by mass
  • Resin B Cellulose diacetate (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.14, weight average molecular weight: 180,000, glass transition temperature: 196 ° C., refractive index: 1.488) 6.7 parts by mass Sugar ester compound A (average substitution degree: 5.5) 2.5 parts by mass Methylene chloride 103 parts by mass Ethanol 19.7 parts by mass The above was put into a sealed container and dissolved with stirring to prepare a dope.
  • the web is peeled from the stainless steel belt, stretched 1.15 times with a tenter at 160 ° C. in the direction perpendicular to the conveying direction, and the drying zone at 120 ° C. is conveyed by a number of rollers.
  • the optical film 1 having an average film thickness of 40 ⁇ m was obtained by finishing drying while winding.
  • Dope composition 2 Polymethyl methacrylate (VB-7103, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., weight average molecular weight 300,000, glass transition temperature 105 ° C., refractive index 1.490) 55 parts by weight Cellulose acylate (cellulose acetate propionate acyl group total substitution degree 2 .46, acetyl group substitution degree 1.58, propionyl group substitution degree 0.88, weight average molecular weight 190,000, glass transition temperature 170 ° C., refractive index 1.489) 45 parts by mass Methylene chloride 300 parts by mass Ethanol 40 parts by mass The composition was sufficiently dissolved while heating to prepare a dope.
  • VB-7103 Polymethyl methacrylate
  • VB-7103 Polymethyl methacrylate
  • Cellulose acylate cellulose acetate propionate acyl group total substitution degree 2 .46, acetyl group substitution degree 1.58, propionyl group substitution degree 0.88, weight average molecular weight 190,000, glass transition temperature
  • the produced dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2 m using a belt casting apparatus. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent reached 100%, and peeling was performed from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 154 N / m.
  • the solvent of the peeled resin web was evaporated at 35 ° C., slit to 1.6 m width, and then dried at the drying temperature while stretching 1.1 times in the width direction with a tenter at 135 ° C. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with a tenter was 10%.
  • the draw ratio in the MD direction calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.1 times.
  • the residual solvent amount of the optical film 2 was 0.1%, the film thickness was 60 ⁇ m, and the winding length was 4000 m.
  • Dope composition 3 Polymethyl methacrylate (VB-7103, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., weight average molecular weight 300,000, glass transition temperature 105 ° C., refractive index 1.490) 55 parts by mass Cellulose acylate (cellulose acetate propionate acyl group total substitution degree 2.75, acetyl group substitution degree 0.19, propionyl group substitution degree 2.56, weight average molecular weight 200,000, glass transition temperature 140 ° C., refraction (Rate 1.487) 25 parts by mass Cellulose acylate (cellulose acetate propionate acyl group total substitution degree 2.46, acetyl group substitution degree 1.58, propionyl group substitution degree 0.88, weight average molecular weight 190,000, glass transition Temperature 170 ° C., Refractive index 1.489) 20 parts by mass Methylene chloride 300 parts by mass Ethanol 40 parts by mass The above composition was sufficiently dissolved while heating to prepare a dope
  • the produced dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2 m using a belt casting apparatus. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent reached 100%, and peeling was performed from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 154 N / m.
  • the solvent of the peeled resin web was evaporated at 35 ° C., slit to 1.6 m width, and then dried at the drying temperature while stretching 1.1 times in the width direction with a tenter at 135 ° C. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with a tenter was 10%.
  • the draw ratio in the MD direction calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.1 times.
  • the residual solvent amount of the optical film 3 was 0.1%, the film thickness was 60 ⁇ m, and the winding length was 4000 m.
  • Dopes were produced with the resin compositions shown in Table 1, and various optical films 4 to 11 were produced in the same manner as the optical film 3.
  • ⁇ Surface shape observation and measurement of arithmetic average surface roughness Ra> The film prepared above was observed and analyzed on the front and back surfaces of the optical film using a 3D measurement laser microscope LEXT OLS4000 manufactured by Olympus Corporation.
  • the optical films 1 to 8 according to the present invention formed irregularities due to the sea-island structure. It was confirmed that the comparative optical film did not form the unevenness.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two front and back surfaces of the optical film was determined in accordance with JIS B0601-2001.
  • ⁇ Measurement of image clarity> The image sharpness of the film is determined by the transmission method according to JIS K7374: 2007, using the image clarity tester ICM-1T manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. Measurements were made in the range of 0.125 to 2.0 mm.
  • the optical film according to the present invention maintains high light transmittance and has light diffusibility. .
  • ⁇ Preparation of polarizing plate> (Production of polarizer) A 70 ⁇ m thick polyvinyl alcohol film was swollen with water at 35 ° C. The obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution consisting of 0.075 g of iodine, 5 g of potassium iodide and 100 g of water for 60 seconds, and further immersed in an aqueous solution at 45 ° C. consisting of 3 g of potassium iodide, 7.5 g of boric acid and 100 g of water. . The obtained film was uniaxially stretched under conditions of a stretching temperature of 55 ° C. and a stretching ratio of 5 times. The uniaxially stretched film was washed with water and dried to obtain a polarizer having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
  • Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate was blended as a 50% propylene carbonate solution, and the solid content of triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate was shown below.
  • composition of photocurable adhesive liquid 3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate 45 parts by mass Epolide GT-301 (alicyclic epoxy resin manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries) 40 parts by mass 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether 15 parts by mass Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate 2.3 parts by mass 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene 0.1 parts by mass 1,4-diethoxynaphthalene 2.0 parts by mass (Preparation of polarizing plate) Polarizing plates using the optical films 1 to 11 prepared above were prepared as follows.
  • the surface of the optical film was subjected to corona discharge treatment.
  • the conditions for the corona discharge treatment were a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min.
  • the adhesive solution prepared above was applied to the corona discharge treated surface of the optical film with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing was about 3 ⁇ m to form an adhesive layer.
  • a polyvinyl alcohol-iodine polarizer prepared as described above was bonded to the obtained adhesive layer.
  • KC6UY Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd.
  • the corona discharge treatment was performed at a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min.
  • the adhesive solution prepared above was applied to the corona discharge treated surface of the film with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing was about 3 ⁇ m to form an adhesive layer.
  • a polarizer of a polarizer having a polarizing plate protective film bonded on one side is bonded to this adhesive layer to obtain a laminate of an optical film / polarizer / KC6UY (Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd.) film. It was. Using an ultraviolet irradiation device with a belt conveyor (the lamp uses a D bulb manufactured by Fusion UV Systems), the laminated polarizing plate protective film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays so that the integrated light amount becomes 750 mJ / cm 2. The adhesive layer was cured.
  • the produced polarizing plate was cut into a square having a size of 5 cm ⁇ 5 cm, left in an atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 55% RH for 24 hours, and then peeled off from the corner portion at the interface between the polarizer and the film. This operation was performed with 100 polarizing plates for one type of sample, and the number of polarizing plates in which peeling was observed between the polarizer and the film was counted and evaluated as follows.
  • the polarizer adhesion is preferably evaluated as ⁇ or ⁇ .
  • the polarizing plate was cut into a width direction of 35 mm and a longitudinal direction of 1 mm to prepare a curl measurement sample. This was allowed to stand for 3 days in an atmosphere of 25 ° C. and 55% RH, and then the degree of curl was measured.
  • the curl degree represents the reciprocal of the radius of curvature. Specifically, the curl degree was measured according to the method A of JIS-K7619-1988. The evaluation with respect to the curl degree is as follows.
  • the rear side polarizing plate of a commercially available liquid crystal monitor (manufactured by Samsung, SyncMaster 743BM) was peeled off, and the polarizing plate prepared above was bonded instead. However, when bonding to the liquid crystal cell, the optical film is bonded so that the surface of the optical film faces the backlight side and the absorption axis faces in the same direction as the previously bonded polarizing plate. did.
  • the backlight unit has a configuration of light guide plate / lower diffusion sheet / prism sheet / prism sheet in order from the light source side.
  • liquid crystal display devices 1 to 11 having the various polarizing plates described above were produced.
  • a signal is input from the video signal generator (VG-848; manufactured by ASTRODESIGN Co., Ltd.) to the manufactured liquid crystal display device to obtain a 256/256 gradation white display on the entire surface, and the method of the liquid crystal display device plane in the dark room
  • the luminance was measured from a line (front) direction with a luminance meter (CS-2000; manufactured by Konica Minolta Sensing).
  • CS-2000 luminance meter
  • a total of 5 points were measured at an interval of 3 cm from the center point of the screen, one for each of the top and bottom and one for each of the left and right.
  • Evaluation was performed in the following three stages based on the case where a base material (commercially available cellulose ester film 4UY (manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto)) having no light diffusibility was used on the surface of the backlight side polarizing plate.
  • a base material commercially available cellulose ester film 4UY (manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto) having no light diffusibility was used on the surface of the backlight side polarizing plate.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention is excellent in the evaluation of polarizer adhesion and polarizing plate curl. Moreover, it turns out that the liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing plate of this invention is excellent in evaluation of front luminance and moire.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate that is bonded with sufficient adhesion without causing curling when the optical film and the polarizer are bonded using a photocurable adhesive, and is excellent. It has both light diffusibility and light transmission.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a polarizing plate in which when attaching an optical film and a polarizer using a photo curable adhesive, attachment is achieved without curling and with sufficient adherence, wherein the polarizing plate combines both excellent light-diffusing properties and light-transmitting properties. A further purpose is to provide a liquid crystal display device equipped with the polarizing plate. This polarizing plate is a polarizing plate in which an optical film containing at least two kinds of resin is attached to a polarizer using a photo curable adhesive, and is characterized in that the two surfaces of the optical film both have a sea-island structure and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the two surfaces is within the range of 0.03-1.5μm.

Description

偏光板及び液晶表示装置Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
 本発明は、偏光板及び該偏光板が具備された液晶表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing plate.
 液晶表示装置(以下「LCD」ともいう。)は、一般に、バックライトユニット、液晶セル及び偏光板により構成されている。偏光板は、通常、偏光板用保護フィルム(以下「光学フィルム」ともいう。)と偏光子(「偏光膜」ともいう。)とからなる。偏光子としては、ポリビニルアルコールフィルムをヨウ素で染色し、延伸を行ったものがよく用いられており、その両面に偏光板用保護フィルムが貼り合わされている。偏光板用保護フィルムとしては、優れた透湿性であり偏光子との接着性に優れたセルローストリアセテート(TAC)フィルムが一般的に用いられている。 A liquid crystal display device (hereinafter also referred to as “LCD”) is generally composed of a backlight unit, a liquid crystal cell, and a polarizing plate. The polarizing plate usually comprises a protective film for polarizing plate (hereinafter also referred to as “optical film”) and a polarizer (also referred to as “polarizing film”). As the polarizer, a polyvinyl alcohol film dyed with iodine and stretched is often used, and a protective film for a polarizing plate is bonded to both surfaces. As a protective film for a polarizing plate, a cellulose triacetate (TAC) film having excellent moisture permeability and excellent adhesion to a polarizer is generally used.
 セルローストリアセテートフィルムは、アルカリケン化処理によってフィルム表面を親水化することができ、さらに安価な水系接着剤により偏光子と接着できる。そのため、セルロースアセテートフィルムは、特に偏光板保護フィルムとして適しており、液晶表示装置には欠くことのできない部材となっている。 The cellulose triacetate film can be hydrophilized by alkali saponification treatment, and can be adhered to a polarizer with an inexpensive aqueous adhesive. Therefore, the cellulose acetate film is particularly suitable as a polarizing plate protective film, and is an indispensable member for liquid crystal display devices.
 ところで、近年、セルロースアセテートフィルムは、上記のようなアルカリケン化処理をすることなく、高速で偏光板を製造できるよう、光硬化性接着剤を用いて製造されるようになってきた(例えば特許文献1~4参照)。 By the way, in recent years, a cellulose acetate film has been produced using a photo-curable adhesive so that a polarizing plate can be produced at a high speed without performing the alkali saponification treatment as described above (for example, patents). Reference 1 to 4).
 しかしながら、本発明者の検討過程において、光硬化性接着剤を用いると、偏光板の製造過程において、光硬化性接着剤が硬化する際に多量の熱を発生することから、従来の偏光板保護フィルムでは、耐熱性が低いため、偏光板がカールするという問題が生じることと偏光子との密着性が十分でないという問題があることを見出した。 However, when a photocurable adhesive is used in the examination process of the present inventor, a large amount of heat is generated when the photocurable adhesive is cured in the production process of the polarizing plate. It has been found that the film has a problem that the polarizing plate curls due to low heat resistance, and that the adhesion with the polarizer is not sufficient.
 一方、近年、薄型化やコストダウンの流れで、液晶表示装置の部材数の削減が進み、光拡散シートを使用しない構成の液晶表示装置が開発されてきている。例えば、光拡散シートの代替として、バックライト側偏光板の表面に拡散性を有する光学フィルムが使用されてきている。 On the other hand, in recent years, with the trend of thinning and cost reduction, the number of liquid crystal display devices has been reduced, and liquid crystal display devices having a configuration that does not use a light diffusion sheet have been developed. For example, as an alternative to the light diffusion sheet, an optical film having diffusibility on the surface of the backlight side polarizing plate has been used.
 特許文献5及び6には、複数の樹脂からなるドープを支持体上に流延し、相分離させた海島構造をもつ光拡散フィルムや、複数の樹脂の混合溶液を支持フィルム上に塗布して作製した光拡散フィルムが開示されている。 In Patent Documents 5 and 6, a light diffusion film having a sea-island structure in which a dope composed of a plurality of resins is cast on a support and phase-separated, or a mixed solution of a plurality of resins is applied on the support film. The produced light diffusion film is disclosed.
 しかし、光拡散性を維持したまま偏光板用保護フィルムとして用いようとすると、光透過率が下がり、表示装置にしたときの輝度が低下する新たな問題があることが判明した。 However, it has been found that there is a new problem in that when the film is used as a protective film for a polarizing plate while maintaining the light diffusibility, the light transmittance is lowered and the luminance when the display device is formed is lowered.
 また、支持フィルム上に複数の樹脂の混合溶液を塗布して光拡散性の光学フィルムを作製する方法は、フィルム製膜後に塗布をしなくてはならないため、コストダウンの要求が進む昨今の市場には見合わないという問題もある。 In addition, a method for producing a light diffusable optical film by applying a mixed solution of a plurality of resins on a support film must be applied after film formation, and therefore the market is currently undergoing cost reduction. There is also a problem that it is not appropriate.
国際公開第2006/106639号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2006/106639 Pamphlet 特開2010-39298号公報JP 2010-39298 A 特開2009-244860号公報JP 2009-244860 A 特開2009-211057号公報JP 2009-211057 A 特開2000-239535号公報JP 2000-239535 A 特開2002-250806号公報JP 2002-250806 A
 本発明は、上記問題・状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決課題は、光学フィルムと偏光子とが、光硬化性接着剤を用いて貼り合わされる際に、カールを生じることなく、十分密着させて貼合された偏光板であって、優れた光拡散性と光透過性を兼ね備えた偏光板を提供することである。また、当該偏光板が具備された液晶表示装置を提供することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and its solution is that when an optical film and a polarizer are bonded together using a photocurable adhesive, no curling occurs. The present invention provides a polarizing plate that is bonded with sufficient adhesion, and has both excellent light diffusibility and light transmittance. Moreover, it is providing the liquid crystal display device provided with the said polarizing plate.
 本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく、光硬化性樹脂を用いた場合の問題の解決方法等について検討する過程において、海島構造を有する特定のフィルムが、偏光子と密着し、カールを生じないこと、及び優れた光拡散性と光透過性を有することを見出し本発明に至った。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventor, in the process of studying a method for solving a problem when using a photo-curable resin, the specific film having a sea-island structure is in close contact with the polarizer, resulting in curling. The present invention has been found out that it has no light diffusivity and light transmittance.
 すなわち、本発明に係る上記課題は、以下の手段により解決される。
1.二種以上の樹脂を含有する光学フィルムが偏光子に光硬化性接着剤で貼り合された偏光板であって、当該光学フィルムの二つの面が共に海島構造を有し、かつ当該二つの面の算術平均粗さRaが0.03~1.5μmの範囲内にあることを特徴とする偏光板。
2.前記光学フィルムが、二種以上の樹脂として、少なくともアクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂とを含有し、かつ当該アクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂の含有質量比が、51:49~90:10の範囲内であることを特徴とする第1項に記載の偏光板。
3.前記セルロースアシレート樹脂は、アシル基の平均総炭素原子数が、グルコース単位当たり、6.0未満であるセルロースアシレート樹脂と6.0以上であるセルロースアシレート樹脂との少なくとも二種のセルロースアシレート樹脂を含有していることを特徴とする第2項に記載の偏光板。
4.前記セルロースアシレート樹脂が、前記アシル基として、少なくともアセチル基又はプロピオニル基を有しており、かつアシル基の平均総炭素原子数がグルコース単位当たり6.0未満である当該セルロースアシレート樹脂の前記プロピオニル基置換度が、1.0以下であることを特徴とする第2項又は第3項に記載の偏光板。
5.前記光硬化性接着剤が、エポキシ化合物及びカチオン重合開始剤を含有する光硬化性接着剤であることを特徴とする第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
6.前記光学フィルムの像鮮明度が、0.25mm幅の光学くしを用いた測定において、0.8~5.0%の範囲内であることを特徴とする第1項から第5項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
7.第1項から第6項までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板が、液晶セルに対してバックライト光源側に備えられていることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。
That is, the said subject which concerns on this invention is solved by the following means.
1. An optical film containing two or more kinds of resins is a polarizing plate bonded to a polarizer with a photocurable adhesive, the two surfaces of the optical film both have a sea-island structure, and the two surfaces A polarizing plate characterized by having an arithmetic average roughness Ra of 0.03 to 1.5 μm.
2. The optical film contains at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin as two or more kinds of resins, and a mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate resin is within a range of 51:49 to 90:10. The polarizing plate as described in item 1, wherein
3. The cellulose acylate resin has at least two kinds of cellulose acylates, ie, a cellulose acylate resin having an average total carbon atom number of acyl groups of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin having a number of 6.0 or more per glucose unit. 3. A polarizing plate according to item 2, containing a rate resin.
4). The cellulose acylate resin has at least an acetyl group or a propionyl group as the acyl group, and the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit. 4. The polarizing plate according to the second or third item, wherein the degree of propionyl group substitution is 1.0 or less.
5. The polarizing plate according to any one of Items 1 to 4, wherein the photocurable adhesive is a photocurable adhesive containing an epoxy compound and a cationic polymerization initiator.
6). Any one of Items 1 to 5, wherein the image clarity of the optical film is in a range of 0.8 to 5.0% in measurement using an optical comb having a width of 0.25 mm. A polarizing plate according to claim 1.
7). A liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to any one of items 1 to 6 on a backlight source side with respect to a liquid crystal cell.
 本発明の上記手段により、光学フィルムと偏光子とが、光硬化性接着剤を用いて貼り合わされる際に、カールを生じることなく、十分密着させて貼合された偏光板であって、優れた光拡散性と光透過性を兼ね備えた偏光板を提供することができる。また、当該偏光板が具備された液晶表示装置を提供することができる。 When the optical film and the polarizer are bonded using a photocurable adhesive by the above means of the present invention, the polarizing plate is bonded with sufficient adhesion without causing curling. It is possible to provide a polarizing plate having both light diffusibility and light transmittance. In addition, a liquid crystal display device including the polarizing plate can be provided.
 なお、本発明の偏光板を液晶表示装置に備えることにより、正面輝度を低下することなく、モアレを解消することもできる。 In addition, by providing the polarizing plate of the present invention in a liquid crystal display device, moire can be eliminated without reducing the front luminance.
 本発明の効果の発現機構ないし作用機構については、明確にはなっていないが、以下のように推察している。 The expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.
 二種以上の樹脂を混合した均一な高分子溶液の溶媒を蒸発させて濃縮し、飽和状態にすると、こまかな相分離(ミクロ相分離)が起こる。その後、製膜した樹脂フィルムを延伸操作することでガラス転移温度が高い樹脂成分が盛り上がり、凹凸構造を有する海島構造が形成される。 When a solvent of a uniform polymer solution in which two or more kinds of resins are mixed is evaporated to be concentrated and saturated, fine phase separation (microphase separation) occurs. Thereafter, by stretching the formed resin film, a resin component having a high glass transition temperature rises, and a sea-island structure having an uneven structure is formed.
 これにより、光透過性で、かつ拡散機能が付与されたフィルムが形成されたと推察される。また、表面の凹凸構造により表面自由エネルギーが高まり、光硬化性接着剤のレベリング性(均一塗布性)が向上し、偏光子との密着性が改善されたと推察される。さらに、ガラス転移温度が高い樹脂成分を混合することにより光学フィルムの耐熱性が高まり、光硬化性接着剤を用いても偏光板にカールが生じないようになったと推察される。 Thus, it is presumed that a light transmissive film having a diffusion function was formed. In addition, it is surmised that the surface uneven energy structure increases the surface free energy, improves the leveling property (uniform coating property) of the photocurable adhesive, and improves the adhesion to the polarizer. Furthermore, it is presumed that the heat resistance of the optical film is increased by mixing a resin component having a high glass transition temperature, and the polarizing plate is not curled even when a photo-curable adhesive is used.
溶液流延製膜方法のドープ調製工程、流延工程及び乾燥工程の一例を模式的に示した図The figure which showed typically an example of the dope preparation process, casting process, and drying process of a solution casting film forming method 従来の液晶表示装置の構成の例を模式的に示した図The figure which showed the example of the structure of the conventional liquid crystal display device typically 従来の液晶表示装置の構成の例を模式的に示した図The figure which showed the example of the structure of the conventional liquid crystal display device typically 本発明の偏光板を用いた液晶表示装置の構成例を模式的に示した図The figure which showed typically the structural example of the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate of this invention. 本発明の偏光板を用いた液晶表示装置の構成例を模式的に示した図The figure which showed typically the structural example of the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate of this invention.
 本発明の偏光板は、二種以上の樹脂を含有する光学フィルムが偏光子に光硬化性接着剤で貼り合された偏光板であって、当該光学フィルムの二つの面が共に海島構造を有し、かつ当該二つの面の算術平均粗さRaが0.03~1.5μmの範囲内にあることを特徴とする。この特徴は、請求項1から請求項7までの請求項に係る発明に共通する技術的特徴である。 The polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which an optical film containing two or more kinds of resins is bonded to a polarizer with a photocurable adhesive, and both surfaces of the optical film have a sea-island structure. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the two surfaces is in the range of 0.03 to 1.5 μm. This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 7.
 本発明の実施態様としては、本発明の効果発現の観点から、前記光学フィルムが、二種以上の樹脂として、少なくともアクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂とを含有し、かつ当該アクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂の含有質量比が、51:49~90:10の範囲内であることが好ましい。また、前記セルロースアシレート樹脂は、アシル基の平均総炭素原子数が、グルコース単位当たり、6.0未満であるセルロースアシレート樹脂と6.0以上であるセルロースアシレート樹脂との少なくとも二種のセルロースアシレート樹脂を含有していることが、海島構造形成の効果が得られることから、好ましい。 As an embodiment of the present invention, from the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention, the optical film contains at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin as two or more resins, and the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate. The resin mass ratio is preferably in the range of 51:49 to 90:10. The cellulose acylate resin has at least two cellulose acylate resins having an average total carbon atom number of acyl groups of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin of 6.0 or more per glucose unit. It is preferable that a cellulose acylate resin is contained because an effect of forming a sea-island structure is obtained.
 さらに、本発明においては、前記セルロースアシレート樹脂が、前記アシル基として、少なくともアセチル基又はプロピオニル基を有しおり、かつアシル基の平均総炭素原子数が、グルコース単位当たり、6.0未満である当該セルロースアシレート樹脂の前記プロピオニル基置換度が、1.0以下であることが好ましい。これにより、海島構造(相分離)が形成される効果が得られる。また、前記光硬化性接着剤が、エポキシ化合物及びカチオン重合開始剤を含有する光硬化性接着剤であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the cellulose acylate resin has at least an acetyl group or a propionyl group as the acyl group, and the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit. It is preferable that the propionyl group substitution degree of the cellulose acylate resin is 1.0 or less. Thereby, the effect that the sea-island structure (phase separation) is formed is obtained. Moreover, it is preferable that the said photocurable adhesive agent is a photocurable adhesive agent containing an epoxy compound and a cationic polymerization initiator.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの像鮮明度は、0.25mm幅の光学くしを用いた測定において、0.8~5.0%の範囲内であることが好ましい。 The image definition of the optical film according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.8 to 5.0% in the measurement using an optical comb having a width of 0.25 mm.
 本発明の偏光板は、液晶表示装置に好適に具備され得る。 The polarizing plate of the present invention can be suitably provided in a liquid crystal display device.
 以下、本発明とその構成要素、及び本発明を実施するための形態・態様について詳細な説明をする。なお、本願において、「~」は、その前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用する。 Hereinafter, the present invention, its components, and modes and modes for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail. In the present application, “˜” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
 (本発明の偏光板の概要)
 本発明の偏光板は、二種以上の樹脂を含有する光学フィルムが偏光子に光硬化性接着剤で貼り合された偏光板であって、当該光学フィルムの二つの面が共に海島構造を有することを特徴とする。
(Outline of polarizing plate of the present invention)
The polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate in which an optical film containing two or more kinds of resins is bonded to a polarizer with a photocurable adhesive, and both surfaces of the optical film have a sea-island structure. It is characterized by that.
 なお、本願において、「海島構造」とは、相互に非相溶性の複数(例えば二種)の樹脂成分を混合した場合、混合物の高次構造として、樹脂成分の片方が連続する相の中に、もう一方が島状あるいは粒子状に分散している構造をいう。すなわち、一方の樹脂が海に相当する連続相(マトリクス)となり、他方が島に相当する分散相となることで形成される構造をいう。また、「光学フィルムの二つの面」とは、光学フィルムの表裏の二つの表面をいう。 In the present application, the “sea-island structure” means that when a plurality of (for example, two) resin components that are incompatible with each other are mixed, the higher-order structure of the mixture is a phase in which one of the resin components is continuous. The other is a structure in which islands or particles are dispersed. That is, it means a structure formed by one resin being a continuous phase (matrix) corresponding to the sea and the other being a dispersed phase corresponding to the island. The “two surfaces of the optical film” means two surfaces on the front and back of the optical film.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムに用いることができる樹脂としては、後述するように、従来の光学フィルムにおいて用いられているセルロースエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂等の各種樹脂を用いることができる。 As the resin that can be used for the optical film according to the present invention, as described later, various resins such as cellulose ester resin, acrylic resin, cyclic olefin resin, and polycarbonate resin that are used in conventional optical films may be used. it can.
 本発明の効果発現の観点から、本発明に係る光学フィルムが、二種以上の樹脂として、少なくともアクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂とを含有し、かつ当該アクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂の含有質量比が、51:49~90:10の範囲内であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of expression of the effects of the present invention, the optical film according to the present invention contains at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin as two or more resins, and a mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate resin. Is preferably in the range of 51:49 to 90:10.
 また、前記セルロースアシレート樹脂は、アシル基の平均総炭素原子数が、グルコース単位当たり、6.0未満であるセルロースアシレート樹脂と6.0以上であるセルロースアシレート樹脂との少なくとも二種のセルロースアシレート樹脂を含有していることが、海島構造形成の効果が得られることから、好ましい。 The cellulose acylate resin has at least two cellulose acylate resins having an average total carbon atom number of acyl groups of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin of 6.0 or more per glucose unit. It is preferable that a cellulose acylate resin is contained because an effect of forming a sea-island structure is obtained.
 さらに、本発明においては、前記セルロースアシレート樹脂が、アシル基として少なくともアセチル基又はプロピオニル基を有しおり、かつ前記アシル基の平均総炭素原子数が、グルコース単位当たり6.0未満である当該セルロースアシレート樹脂の前記プロピオニル基置換度が、1.0以下であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the cellulose acylate resin has at least an acetyl group or a propionyl group as an acyl group, and the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit. The propionyl group substitution degree of the acylate resin is preferably 1.0 or less.
 これら二種のセルロースアシレート樹脂のうち、主に平均総炭素原子数6.0未満のアシル基を有するセルロースアシレートは、島に相当する分散相を構成する主成分となる樹脂である。一方、平均総炭素原子数6.0以上のアシル基を有するセルロースアシレートは、アクリル樹脂との相容性が、平均総炭素原子数6.0未満のアシル基を有するセルロースアシレートより、相対的に幾らか良いことから、連続相と分散相との境界領域の不連続性を幾らか緩和し、界面での剥離を防止するために加えられている。 Among these two types of cellulose acylate resins, cellulose acylate having mainly an acyl group having an average total carbon number of less than 6.0 is a resin which is a main component constituting a dispersed phase corresponding to an island. On the other hand, the cellulose acylate having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of 6.0 or more is more compatible with the acrylic resin than the cellulose acylate having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of less than 6.0. It is added in order to moderate some discontinuity in the boundary region between the continuous phase and the dispersed phase and to prevent peeling at the interface.
 なお、本願において、セルロースアシレートの有するアシル基の平均総炭素原子数とは、プロピオニル基置換度、ブチリル基置換度等のアシル基置換度に、それぞれの置換基の炭素原子数(例えばアセチル基の炭素原子数は2、プロピオニル基の炭素原子数は3、ブチリル基は4)を乗じて得た炭素原子数の総和をいう。 In addition, in this application, the average total carbon atom number of the acyl group which cellulose acylate has is the number of carbon atoms of each substituent (for example, acetyl group) in the acyl group substitution degree such as propionyl group substitution degree and butyryl group substitution degree. Is the sum of the number of carbon atoms obtained by multiplying by 2), the number of carbon atoms of the propionyl group is 3, and the number of butyryl groups is 4).
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの二つの面の算術平均粗さRaは、0.03~1.5μmの範囲内にあることを要する。好ましい範囲は、0.4~1.4μmである。本願で「二つの面の算術平均粗さRaが0.03~1.5μmの範囲内にある」とは、光学フィルムの表裏二つの表面の総合的評価において、算術平均粗さが当該範囲内にあることをいう。すなわち、当該二つの表面の粗さを考慮した算術平均値が当該範囲内にあることをいう。
 なお、本発明に係る光学フィルムは、二つの面のそれぞれの算術平均粗さRaが相違することが好ましく、少なくとも一方の面におけるJIS B0601-2001に基づく算術平均粗さRaが、0.05~2.0μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。当該Raの値が、0.05μm以上であると十分な散乱光かを得ることができ、モアレ縞を解消できる。当該Raの値が2.0μm以下であれば、表示装置化したときに正面輝度が低下するのを効果的に抑制することができる。
 また、二つの面のそれぞれの算術平均粗さRaが相違する場合、当該算術平均粗さRaが小さい方の面に偏光子を密着させることが好ましい。
The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two surfaces of the optical film according to the present invention needs to be in the range of 0.03 to 1.5 μm. A preferred range is 0.4 to 1.4 μm. In this application, “the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two surfaces is in the range of 0.03 to 1.5 μm” means that the arithmetic average roughness is within the range in the comprehensive evaluation of the two front and back surfaces of the optical film. It means that there is. That is, the arithmetic average value considering the roughness of the two surfaces is within the range.
The optical film according to the present invention preferably has different arithmetic average roughness Ra on each of the two surfaces, and the arithmetic average roughness Ra based on JIS B0601-2001 on at least one surface is 0.05 to It is preferable to be in the range of 2.0 μm. If the Ra value is 0.05 μm or more, it can be determined whether the scattered light is sufficient, and moire fringes can be eliminated. If the value of Ra is 2.0 μm or less, it is possible to effectively suppress a decrease in front luminance when a display device is formed.
In addition, when the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two surfaces is different, it is preferable that the polarizer is in close contact with the surface having the smaller arithmetic average roughness Ra.
 当該算術平均粗さRaを所定の範囲内に制御する手段としては、海を構成する樹脂と島を構成する樹脂の選択、樹脂を含有するウェブの延伸倍率、延伸温度等の延伸条件による調整が挙げられる。 As means for controlling the arithmetic average roughness Ra within a predetermined range, the selection of the resin constituting the sea and the resin constituting the island, the stretching ratio of the web containing the resin, the adjustment by the stretching conditions such as the stretching temperature, etc. Can be mentioned.
 本発明においては、光学フィルムの像鮮明度が、0.25mm幅の光学くしを用いた測定において、0.8~5.0%の範囲内であり、かつ全光線透過率が91.0%以上であることが好ましい。さらに、当該像鮮明度は、0.9~2.5%の範囲内であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the image definition of the optical film is in the range of 0.8 to 5.0% and the total light transmittance is 91.0% in the measurement using an optical comb having a width of 0.25 mm. The above is preferable. Further, the image definition is preferably in the range of 0.9 to 2.5%.
 なお、本願において、光学フィルムの像鮮明度(「写像性」ともいう。)は、JIS K7374:2007に準拠した透過法により測定して得た値である。また、全光線透過率は、450~650nmの光波長領域内の光線透過率の平均値を全光線透過率とした。 In the present application, the image clarity (also referred to as “image clarity”) of the optical film is a value obtained by measurement by a transmission method based on JIS K7374: 2007. For the total light transmittance, the average value of the light transmittance in the light wavelength region of 450 to 650 nm was defined as the total light transmittance.
 像鮮明度を所定の範囲内に制御する手段としては、海を構成する樹脂と島を構成する樹脂の選択、樹脂を含有するウェブの延伸倍率、延伸温度等の延伸条件による調整が挙げられる。また、全光線透過率を所定の値以上に制御する手段としては、樹脂の屈折率差が0.08以下である樹脂の選択等が挙げられる。 Examples of means for controlling the image definition within a predetermined range include selection of a resin that constitutes the sea and a resin that constitutes the island, an adjustment according to stretching conditions such as a stretching ratio of the web containing the resin, and a stretching temperature. Further, as a means for controlling the total light transmittance to a predetermined value or higher, selection of a resin having a resin refractive index difference of 0.08 or less can be cited.
 本発明においては、前記海島構造の分散相(島)を構成する主成分となる樹脂(例えばセルロースアシレート樹脂)のガラス転移温度と、前記連続相(海)を構成する主成分となる樹脂(例えばアクリル樹脂)のガラス転移温度との差が10℃超であり、当該海を構成する樹脂(例えばアクリル樹脂)と当該島を構成する樹脂(例えば、セルロースアシレート樹脂)の屈折率の差が、0.08以下であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the glass transition temperature of the resin (for example, cellulose acylate resin) as the main component constituting the dispersed phase (island) of the sea-island structure, and the resin as the main component constituting the continuous phase (sea) ( For example, the difference between the glass transition temperature of the acrylic resin and the glass transition temperature is more than 10 ° C., and the difference in refractive index between the resin constituting the sea (for example, acrylic resin) and the resin constituting the island (for example, cellulose acylate resin) is 0.08 or less is preferable.
 〈アクリル樹脂〉
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの好ましい態様の一例としては、少なくともアクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂とを含有する態様である。この場合、当該アクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂の含有質量比が、51:49~90:10の範囲内であることが好ましい。
<acrylic resin>
An example of a preferred embodiment of the optical film according to the present invention is an embodiment containing at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin. In this case, the mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate resin is preferably in the range of 51:49 to 90:10.
 本発明に用いられるアクリル樹脂には、メタクリル樹脂も含まれる。樹脂としては、特に制限されるものではないが、メチルメタクリレート単位50~99質量%、及びこれと共重合可能な他の単量体単位1~50質量%からなるものが好ましい。 The acrylic resin used in the present invention includes a methacrylic resin. The resin is not particularly limited, but a resin comprising 50 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate units and 1 to 50% by mass of other monomer units copolymerizable therewith is preferable.
 共重合可能な他の単量体としては、アルキル数の炭素原子数が2~18のアルキルメタクリレート、アルキル数の炭素原子数が1~18のアルキルアクリレート、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等のα,β-不飽和酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和基含有二価カルボン酸、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のα,β-不飽和ニトリル、無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、グルタル酸無水物等が挙げられ、これらは単独で、あるいは二種以上の単量体を併用した共重合体として用いることができる。 Other copolymerizable monomers include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and other α, β -Unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as unsaturated acids, maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, and α, β-unsaturated materials such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Examples thereof include nitrile, maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, and the like. These can be used alone or as a copolymer in combination of two or more monomers.
 これらの中でも、共重合体の耐熱分解性や流動性の観点から、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、n-プロピルアクリレート、n-ブチルアクリレート、s-ブチルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート等が好ましく、メチルアクリレートやn-ブチルアクリレートが特に好ましく用いられる。 Among these, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of thermal decomposition resistance and fluidity of the copolymer. n-Butyl acrylate is particularly preferably used.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムに用いられるアクリル樹脂は、特に光学フィルムとしての脆性の改善及びセルロースアシレート樹脂と併用した際の透明性の改善の観点で、重量平均分子量(Mw)が80000以上であることが好ましい。アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)が80000を下回ると、十分な脆性の改善が得られず、セルロースアシレート樹脂との相溶性が劣化する。アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、80000~1000000の範囲内であることが更に好ましく、100000~600000の範囲内であることが特に好ましく、150000~400000の範囲であることが最も好ましい。アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)の上限値は特に限定されるものではないが、製造上の観点から1000000以下とされることが好ましい形態である。 The acrylic resin used in the optical film according to the present invention has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 80000 or more, particularly from the viewpoint of improving brittleness as an optical film and improving transparency when used in combination with a cellulose acylate resin. It is preferable. When the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is less than 80000, sufficient brittleness improvement cannot be obtained, and compatibility with the cellulose acylate resin deteriorates. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is more preferably in the range of 80,000 to 1,000,000, particularly preferably in the range of 100,000 to 600,000, and most preferably in the range of 150,000 to 400,000. Although the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of an acrylic resin is not specifically limited, It is a preferable form that it shall be 1 million or less from a viewpoint on manufacture.
 アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて測定することができる。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin can be measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 GPCの測定条件は、以下のとおりである。 GPC measurement conditions are as follows.
 溶媒:   メチレンクロライド
 カラム:  Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
 カラム温度:25℃
 試料濃度: 0.1質量%
 検出器:  RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
 ポンプ:  L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
 流量:   1.0ml/min
 校正曲線: 標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=2,800,000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) Mw = 2,800,000-500 calibration curves with 13 samples were used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムに用いられるアクリル樹脂としては、市販のものも使用することができる。例えば、デルペット60N、80N(旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製)、ダイヤナールBR52、BR80、BR83、BR85、BR88(三菱レイヨン(株)製)、KT75(電気化学工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。アクリル樹脂は二種以上を併用することもできる。 As the acrylic resin used in the optical film according to the present invention, a commercially available product can also be used. For example, Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Electrochemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned. . Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination.
 〈セルロースアシレート樹脂〉
 本発明に係るセルロースアシレート樹脂は、多数のβ-グルコース分子がβ-1,4-グリコシド結合により直鎖状に重合した樹脂である。当該β-1,4-グリコシド結合でセルロースを構成しているグルコース単位は、2位、3位及び6位に遊離のヒドロキシ基(水酸基)を有している。したがって、本発明に係るセルロースアシレート樹脂は、これらのヒドロキシ基(水酸基)の一部又は全部をアシル基によりエステル化した重合体(樹脂)である。
<Cellulose acylate resin>
The cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention is a resin in which a large number of β-glucose molecules are linearly polymerized by β-1,4-glycoside bonds. The glucose unit constituting cellulose by the β-1,4-glycoside bond has free hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions. Therefore, the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention is a polymer (resin) obtained by esterifying part or all of these hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) with acyl groups.
 本発明に係るセルロースアシレート樹脂は、アシル基の平均総炭素原子数が、グルコース単位当たり、6.0未満であるセルロースアシレート樹脂と6.0以上であるセルロースアシレート樹脂との少なくとも二種のセルロースアシレート樹脂を含有していることが好ましい。 The cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention has at least two types of cellulose acylate resin having an average total carbon atom number of acyl group of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin of 6.0 or more per glucose unit. The cellulose acylate resin is preferably contained.
 これら二種のセルロースアシレート樹脂のうち、主に平均総炭素原子数6.0未満のアシル基を有するセルロースアシレート樹脂は、島に相当する分散相を構成する主成分となる樹脂である。 Among these two types of cellulose acylate resins, cellulose acylate resins having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of less than 6.0 are mainly resins that constitute a dispersed phase corresponding to an island.
 本発明においては、アクリル樹脂との相容性を低減し、分散相を形成する観点から、アシル基の平均総炭素原子数が、グルコース単位当たり6.0未満である前記セルロースアシレート樹脂のプロピオニル基置換度が、1.0以下であることが好ましい。アセチル基置換度は、1.5~3.0の範囲内であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of reducing compatibility with an acrylic resin and forming a dispersed phase, the propionyl of the cellulose acylate resin in which the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit The group substitution degree is preferably 1.0 or less. The degree of acetyl group substitution is preferably in the range of 1.5 to 3.0.
 一方、平均総炭素原子数6.0以上のアシル基を有するセルロースアシレート樹脂は、アクリル樹脂との相容性が、平均総炭素原子数6.0未満のアシル基を有するセルロースアシレート樹脂より、相対的に幾らか良いことから、連続相と分散相との境界領域の不連続性を幾らか緩和し、界面での剥離を防止するために加えられている。 On the other hand, the cellulose acylate resin having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of 6.0 or more is more compatible with the acrylic resin than the cellulose acylate resin having an acyl group having an average total carbon atom number of less than 6.0. Because of its relatively good quality, it is added to moderate some discontinuity in the boundary region between the continuous phase and the dispersed phase and to prevent delamination at the interface.
 なお、平均総炭素原子数6.0以上のアシル基を有するセルロースアシレート樹脂の、プロピオニル基置換度は、1.0~2.7の範囲内であることが好ましい。また、アセチル基置換度は、0.1~2.0の範囲内であることが好ましい。 In addition, the propionyl group substitution degree of the cellulose acylate resin having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of 6.0 or more is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 2.7. The degree of acetyl group substitution is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 2.0.
 なお、本願において、セルロースアシレート樹脂の有するアシル基の平均総炭素原子数とは、前述のとおりプロピオニル基置換度、ブチリル基置換度等のアセチル基置換度に、それぞれの置換基の炭素原子数(例えばアセチル基の炭素原子数は2、プロピオニル基の炭素原子数は3、ブチリル基は4)を乗じて得た炭素原子数の総和をいう。 In addition, in this application, the average total carbon atom number of the acyl group which cellulose acylate resin has is the carbon atom number of each substituent in acetyl group substitution degree, such as propionyl group substitution degree and butyryl group substitution degree as above-mentioned. (For example, the total number of carbon atoms obtained by multiplying the number of carbon atoms of the acetyl group is 2, the number of carbon atoms of the propionyl group is 3, and the number of butyryl groups is 4).
 例えば、アシル基の平均総炭素原子数をA、アセチル基置換度をX、プロピオニル基置換度をY及びブチリル基置換度をZとしたとき、平均総炭素原子数Aは下記式で表される。 For example, when the average total carbon atom number of the acyl group is A, the acetyl group substitution degree is X, the propionyl group substitution degree is Y, and the butyryl group substitution degree is Z, the average total carbon atom number A is represented by the following formula. .
 A=2×X+3×Y+4×Z
 また、「アシル基置換度」とは、繰り返し単位のグルコースの2位、3位及び6位について、ヒドロキシ基(水酸基)がエステル化されている割合の合計を表す。具体的には、セルロースの2位、3位及び6位のそれぞれのヒドロキシ基(水酸基)が100%エステル化した場合をそれぞれ置換度1とする。したがって、セルロースの2位、3位及び6位の全てが100%エステル化した場合、置換度は最大の3となる。
A = 2 × X + 3 × Y + 4 × Z
The “acyl group substitution degree” represents the total of the ratios of esterified hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of glucose as a repeating unit. Specifically, the substitution degree is 1 when the hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position of cellulose are esterified 100%. Therefore, when all of the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of the cellulose are 100% esterified, the degree of substitution is 3 at the maximum.
 本願において、「アシル基置換度」とは、セルロースアシレートを構成する複数のグルコース単位のアシル基置換度を、一単位当たりの平均値として表現したアシル基置換度をいう。なお、本願においては、特定のアシル基、例えば、アセチル基、プロピオニル基等の置換度の平均値をそれぞれ、「アセチル基置換度」、「プロピオニル基置換度」等のように、「平均」を略して表現することとする。 In the present application, “acyl group substitution degree” refers to an acyl group substitution degree in which the acyl group substitution degree of a plurality of glucose units constituting cellulose acylate is expressed as an average value per unit. In the present application, the average value of the degree of substitution of a specific acyl group, for example, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, etc. is expressed as “average” as “acetyl group substitution degree”, “propionyl group substitution degree”, respectively. It will be expressed for short.
 アシル基置換度の測定方法は、ASTM-D817-96に準じて測定することができる。 The method for measuring the degree of acyl group substitution can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96.
 アシル基としては、例えば、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基、ヘプタノイル基、ヘキサノイル基、オクタノイル基、デカノイル基、ドデカノイル基、トリデカノイル基、テトラデカノイル基、ヘキサデカノイル基、オクタデカノイル基、イソブタノイル基、tert-ブタノイル基、シクロヘキサンカルボニル基、オレオイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフチルカルボニル基、シンナモイル基などを挙げることができる。 Examples of the acyl group include acetyl group, propionyl group, butanoyl group, heptanoyl group, hexanoyl group, octanoyl group, decanoyl group, dodecanoyl group, tridecanoyl group, tetradecanoyl group, hexadecanoyl group, octadecanoyl group, isobutanoyl group. Group, tert-butanoyl group, cyclohexanecarbonyl group, oleoyl group, benzoyl group, naphthylcarbonyl group, cinnamoyl group and the like.
 これらの中でも、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基、ドデカノイル基、オクタデカノイル基、tert-ブタノイル基、オレオイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフチルカルボニル基、シンナモイル基などがより好ましく、特に好ましくはアセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基(アシル基が炭素原子数2~4である場合)であり、より特に好ましくはアセチル基である。 Among these, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butanoyl group, a dodecanoyl group, an octadecanoyl group, a tert-butanoyl group, an oleoyl group, a benzoyl group, a naphthylcarbonyl group, a cinnamoyl group, and the like are more preferable, and an acetyl group is particularly preferable. A propionyl group and a butanoyl group (when the acyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms), more preferably an acetyl group.
 なお、脂肪族アシル基の場合、炭素原子数は、セルロース合成の生産性、コストの観点から、2~6が好ましく、2~4が更に好ましい。また、アシル基で置換されていない部分は通常ヒドロキシ基(水酸基)として存在していることが好ましい。 In the case of an aliphatic acyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 to 6 and more preferably 2 to 4 from the viewpoint of productivity and cost of cellulose synthesis. Moreover, it is preferable that the part which is not substituted by the acyl group exists normally as a hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group).
 セルロースアシレートの原料のセルロースとしては、特に限定はないが、綿花リンター、木材パルプ(針葉樹由来、広葉樹由来)、ケナフ等を挙げることができる。またそれらから得られたセルロースアシレートはそれぞれ任意の割合で混合使用することができる。 There are no particular limitations on cellulose as a raw material for cellulose acylate, but examples include cotton linters, wood pulp (derived from conifers and hardwoods), and kenaf. Moreover, the cellulose acylate obtained from them can be mixed and used at an arbitrary ratio.
 本発明に係るセルロースアシレート樹脂は、公知の方法により製造することができる。 The cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention can be produced by a known method.
 一般的には、原料のセルロースと所定の有機酸(酢酸、プロピオン酸など)と酸無水物(無水酢酸、無水プロピオン酸など)、触媒(硫酸など)と混合して、セルロースをエステル化し、セルロースのトリエステルができるまで反応を進める。トリエステルにおいてはグルコース単位の三個のヒドロキシ基(水酸基)は、有機酸のアシル酸で置換されている。同時に二種類の有機酸を使用すると、混合エステル型のセルロースアシレート樹脂、例えばセルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースアセテートブチレートを作製することができる。次いで、セルロースのトリエステルを加水分解することで、所望のアシル基置換度を有するセルロースアシレート樹脂を合成する。その後、濾過、沈殿、水洗、脱水、乾燥などの工程を経て、セルロースアシレート樹脂が出来上がる。 Generally, cellulose is esterified by mixing cellulose as a raw material, a predetermined organic acid (such as acetic acid or propionic acid), an acid anhydride (such as acetic anhydride or propionic anhydride), and a catalyst (such as sulfuric acid). The reaction proceeds until the triester is formed. In the triester, the three hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) of the glucose unit are substituted with an acyl acid of an organic acid. When two kinds of organic acids are used at the same time, a mixed ester type cellulose acylate resin such as cellulose acetate propionate or cellulose acetate butyrate can be produced. Next, a cellulose acylate resin having a desired degree of acyl group substitution is synthesized by hydrolyzing the cellulose triester. Thereafter, a cellulose acylate resin is completed through steps such as filtration, precipitation, washing with water, dehydration, and drying.
 具体的には特開平10-45804号公報、特開2009-161701号公報などに記載の方法を参考にして合成することができる。 Specifically, it can be synthesized with reference to the methods described in JP-A Nos. 10-45804 and 2009-161701.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムに用いられるセルロースアシレートとしては、前記の条件を満たす限りにおいて、特に限定されないが、エステル基は炭素原子数2~22程度の直鎖又は分岐のカルボン酸エステルであることが好ましく、これらのカルボン酸は環を形成してもよく、芳香族カルボン酸のエステルでもよい。なお、これらのカルボン酸は置換基を有してもよい。セルロースアシレートとしては、特に炭素原子数が6以下の低級脂肪酸エステルであることが好ましい。 The cellulose acylate used in the optical film according to the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the above conditions are satisfied. The ester group is a linear or branched carboxylic acid ester having about 2 to 22 carbon atoms. These carboxylic acids may form a ring or may be an ester of an aromatic carboxylic acid. In addition, these carboxylic acids may have a substituent. The cellulose acylate is particularly preferably a lower fatty acid ester having 6 or less carbon atoms.
 好ましいセルロースアシレート樹脂として、具体的には、セルロースアセテートの他に、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートブチレートのようなアセチル基の他にプロピオネート基又はブチレート基が結合したセルロースの混合脂肪酸エステルを挙げることができる。この中で特にセルロースアセテートプロピオネートが好ましい。 Specific examples of preferred cellulose acylate resins include cellulose acetate, propionate groups or butyrate groups in addition to acetyl groups such as cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate butyrate. Mention may be made of mixed fatty acid esters of bound cellulose. Of these, cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferred.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムに用いられる平均総炭素原子数6.0以上のアシル基を有するセルロースアシレート樹脂は、特に脆性の改善やアクリル樹脂と相溶させたときに透明性の観点から、アシル基の総置換度(T)が2.0~3.0、炭素原子数が3~7のアシル基の置換度が1.2~3.0であり、炭素原子数3~7のアシル基の置換度は、2.0~3.0であることが好ましい。すなわち、本発明に係るセルロースアシレート樹脂は炭素原子数が3~7のアシル基により置換されたセルロースアシレート樹脂であり、具体的には、プロピオニル、ブチリル等が好ましく用いられるが、特にプロピオニル基が好ましく用いられる。 The cellulose acylate resin having an acyl group having an average total carbon number of 6.0 or more used for the optical film according to the present invention is an acyl group particularly from the viewpoint of transparency when improved in brittleness or compatible with an acrylic resin. An acyl group having a total substitution degree (T) of 2.0 to 3.0, an acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms and a substitution degree of 1.2 to 3.0, and having 3 to 7 carbon atoms The degree of substitution is preferably 2.0 to 3.0. That is, the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention is a cellulose acylate resin substituted with an acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Specifically, propionyl, butyryl and the like are preferably used. Is preferably used.
 セルロースアシレート樹脂のアシル基の総置換度が2.0~3.0の範囲内である場合、すなわちセルロースアシレート分子の2,3,6位のヒドロキシ基の残度が1.0を下回る場合には、セルロースアシレート樹脂とアクリル樹脂との相溶性が高まり、光学フィルムとして用いた場合には透明性が高くなる。 When the total substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose acylate resin is within the range of 2.0 to 3.0, that is, the residual degree of the hydroxy group at the 2, 3, 6 position of the cellulose acylate molecule is less than 1.0. In such a case, the compatibility between the cellulose acylate resin and the acrylic resin is increased, and when used as an optical film, the transparency is increased.
 また、アシル基の総置換度が2.0を下回る場合でも、炭素原子数が3~7のアシル基の置換度が1.2を上回る場合は、相溶性は向上し、脆性も高くなるので好ましい。例えば、アシル基の総置換度が2.0を下回る場合であっても、炭素原子数2のアシル基、すなわちアセチル基の置換度が低く、炭素原子数3~7のアシル基の置換度が1.2を上回る場合は、相溶性が高くなり透明性が向上する。 Even when the total substitution degree of the acyl group is less than 2.0, if the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is more than 1.2, compatibility is improved and brittleness is increased. preferable. For example, even when the total substitution degree of the acyl group is less than 2.0, the substitution degree of the acyl group having 2 carbon atoms, that is, the acetyl group is low, and the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is low. When exceeding 1.2, compatibility becomes high and transparency improves.
 本発明において前記アシル基は、脂肪族アシル基であっても、芳香族アシル基であってもよい。脂肪族アシル基の場合は、直鎖であっても分岐していても良く、さらに置換基を有してもよい。本発明におけるアシル基の炭素原子数は、アシル基の置換基を包含するものである。 In the present invention, the acyl group may be an aliphatic acyl group or an aromatic acyl group. In the case of an aliphatic acyl group, it may be linear or branched and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the acyl group in the present invention includes an acyl group substituent.
 上記セルロースアシレート樹脂が、芳香族アシル基を置換基として有する場合、芳香族環に置換する置換基Xの数は0~5個であることが好ましい。この場合も、置換基を含めた炭素原子数が3~7であるアシル基の置換度が1.2~3.0であることが好ましい。 When the cellulose acylate resin has an aromatic acyl group as a substituent, the number of substituents X substituted on the aromatic ring is preferably 0 to 5. Also in this case, the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms including the substituent is preferably 1.2 to 3.0.
 更に、芳香族環に置換する置換基の数が2個以上の時、互いに同じでも異なっていてもよいが、また、互いに連結して縮合多環化合物(例えばナフタレン、インデン、インダン、フェナントレン、キノリン、イソキノリン、クロメン、クロマン、フタラジン、アクリジン、インドール、インドリンなど)を形成してもよい。 Further, when the number of substituents substituted on the aromatic ring is 2 or more, they may be the same or different from each other, but they may be linked together to form a condensed polycyclic compound (for example, naphthalene, indene, indane, phenanthrene, quinoline). , Isoquinoline, chromene, chroman, phthalazine, acridine, indole, indoline, etc.).
 上記のようなセルロースアシレート樹脂においては、炭素原子数3~7の脂肪族アシル基の少なくとも一種を有する構造を有することが、本発明に係るセルロースアシレート樹脂に用いる構造として用いられる。 In the cellulose acylate resin as described above, a structure having at least one kind of an aliphatic acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is used as a structure used in the cellulose acylate resin according to the present invention.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムに用いられるセルロースアシレート樹脂としては、特にセルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートベンゾエート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレートから選ばれる少なくとも一種であることが好ましく、即ち、炭素原子数3又は4のアシル基を置換基として有するものが好ましい。 The cellulose acylate resin used in the optical film according to the present invention is preferably at least one selected from cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate benzoate, cellulose propionate, and cellulose butyrate. That is, those having an acyl group having 3 or 4 carbon atoms as a substituent are preferred.
 これらの中で特に好ましいセルロースアシレート樹脂は、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースプロピオネートである。 Among these, particularly preferred cellulose acylate resins are cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose propionate.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムに用いられるセルロースアシレート樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、特にアクリル樹脂との相溶性、脆性の改善の観点から75000以上であり、75000~300000の範囲であることが好ましく、100000~240000の範囲内であることが更に好ましく、160000~240000のものが特に好ましい。セルロースアシレート樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)が75000を下回る場合は、耐熱性や脆性の改善効果が十分ではなく、本発明の効果が得られない。セルロースアシレートの重量平均分子量Mwは、前記ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて測定することができる。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose acylate resin used in the optical film according to the present invention is 75,000 or more, particularly from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with acrylic resin and brittleness, and is in the range of 75,000 to 300,000. Preferably, it is more preferably in the range of 100,000 to 240,000, particularly preferably 160000 to 240000. When the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose acylate resin is less than 75,000, the effect of improving heat resistance and brittleness is not sufficient, and the effect of the present invention cannot be obtained. The weight average molecular weight Mw of cellulose acylate can be measured using the gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 (可塑剤)
 本発明においては、組成物の流動性や柔軟性を向上するために可塑剤を併用することも可能である。可塑剤としては、フタル酸エステル系、脂肪酸エステル系、トリメリット酸エステル系、リン酸エステル系、ポリエステル系、あるいはエポキシ系等が挙げられる。
(Plasticizer)
In the present invention, a plasticizer can be used in combination in order to improve the fluidity and flexibility of the composition. Examples of the plasticizer include phthalate ester, fatty acid ester, trimellitic ester, phosphate ester, polyester, and epoxy.
 この中で、ポリエステル系とフタル酸エステル系の可塑剤が好ましく用いられる。ポリエステル系可塑剤は、フタル酸ジオクチルなどのフタル酸エステル系の可塑剤に比べて非移行性や耐抽出性に優れるが、可塑化効果や相溶性にはやや劣る。 Of these, polyester-based and phthalate-based plasticizers are preferably used. Polyester plasticizers are superior in non-migration and extraction resistance compared to phthalate ester plasticizers such as dioctyl phthalate, but are slightly inferior in plasticizing effect and compatibility.
 従って、用途に応じてこれらの可塑剤を選択、あるいは併用することによって、広範囲の用途に適用できる。 Therefore, it can be applied to a wide range of uses by selecting or using these plasticizers according to the use.
 ポリエステル系可塑剤は、一価ないし四価のカルボン酸と一価ないし六価のアルコールとの反応物であるが、主に二価カルボン酸とグリコールとを反応させて得られたものが用いられる。代表的な二価カルボン酸としては、グルタル酸、イタコン酸、アジピン酸、フタル酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸などが挙げられる。 The polyester plasticizer is a reaction product of a monovalent or tetravalent carboxylic acid and a monovalent or hexavalent alcohol, and is mainly obtained by reacting a divalent carboxylic acid with a glycol. . Representative divalent carboxylic acids include glutaric acid, itaconic acid, adipic acid, phthalic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid and the like.
 特に、アジピン酸、フタル酸などを用いると可塑化特性に優れたものが得られる。グリコールとしてはエチレン、プロピレン、1,3-ブチレン、1,4-ブチレン、1,6-ヘキサメチレン、ネオペンチレン、ジエチレン、トリエチレン、ジプロピレンなどのグリコールが挙げられる。これらの二価カルボン酸及びグリコールはそれぞれ単独で、あるいは混合して使用してもよい。 In particular, when adipic acid, phthalic acid, or the like is used, those having excellent plasticizing properties can be obtained. Examples of the glycol include glycols such as ethylene, propylene, 1,3-butylene, 1,4-butylene, 1,6-hexamethylene, neopentylene, diethylene, triethylene, and dipropylene. These divalent carboxylic acids and glycols may be used alone or in combination.
 このエステル系の可塑剤はエステル、オリゴエステル、ポリエステルの型のいずれでもよく、分子量は100~10000の範囲が良いが、好ましくは600~3000の範囲が、可塑化効果が大きい。 The ester plasticizer may be any of ester, oligoester, and polyester types, and the molecular weight is preferably in the range of 100 to 10,000, and preferably in the range of 600 to 3000, which has a large plasticizing effect.
 また、可塑剤の粘度は分子構造や分子量と相関があるが、アジピン酸系可塑剤の場合相溶性、可塑化効率の関係から200~5000MPa・s(25℃)の範囲が良い。さらに、いくつかのポリエステル系可塑剤を併用してもかまわない。 Also, the viscosity of the plasticizer has a correlation with the molecular structure and molecular weight, but in the case of an adipic acid plasticizer, the range of 200 to 5000 MPa · s (25 ° C.) is preferable because of compatibility and plasticization efficiency. Furthermore, some polyester plasticizers may be used in combination.
 可塑剤は本発明に係る光学フィルム100質量部に対して、0.5~30質量部を添加するのが好ましい。可塑剤の添加量が30質量部を越えると、表面がべとつくので、実用上好ましくない。 The plasticizer is preferably added in an amount of 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the optical film according to the present invention. If the added amount of the plasticizer exceeds 30 parts by mass, the surface becomes sticky, which is not preferable for practical use.
 (紫外線吸収剤)
 本発明に係る光学フィルムは、紫外線吸収剤を含有することも好ましく、用いられる紫外線吸収剤としては、ベンゾトリアゾール系、2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン系又はサリチル酸フェニルエステル系のもの等が挙げられる。例えば、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール類、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2′-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン類を例示することができる。
(UV absorber)
The optical film according to the present invention preferably contains an ultraviolet absorber, and examples of the ultraviolet absorber used include benzotriazole, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, and salicylic acid phenyl ester. For example, 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, 2- (3 Triazoles such as 5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone And benzophenones.
 ここで、紫外線吸収剤のうちでも、分子量が400以上の紫外線吸収剤は、高沸点で揮発しにくく、高温成形時にも飛散しにくいため、比較的少量の添加で効果的に耐候性を改良することができる。 Here, among ultraviolet absorbers, ultraviolet absorbers having a molecular weight of 400 or more are less likely to volatilize at a high boiling point and are difficult to disperse even during high-temperature molding, so that the weather resistance is effectively improved with a relatively small amount of addition. be able to.
 分子量が400以上の紫外線吸収剤としては、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2-ベンゾトリアゾール、2,2-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]等のベンゾトリアゾール系、ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート等のヒンダードアミン系、さらには2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-2-n-ブチルマロン酸ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)、1-[2-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]エチル]-4-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン等の分子内にヒンダードフェノールとヒンダードアミンの構造を共に有するハイブリッド系のものが挙げられ、これらは単独で、あるいは二種以上を併用して使用することができる。これらのうちでも、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2-ベンゾトリアゾールや2,2-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]が特に好ましい。 Examples of the ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more include 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1, 1,3,3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol], bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis ( Hindered amines such as 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate and 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butylmalonic acid Bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl), 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] Such as til] -4- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] -2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine Examples include hybrid systems having both structures, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole and 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1,1,3,3- Tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol] is particularly preferred.
 (その他添加剤)
 さらに、本発明に係る光学フィルムには、成形加工時の熱分解性や熱着色性を改良するために各種の酸化防止剤を添加することもできる。また帯電防止剤を加えて、光学フィルムに帯電防止性能を与えることも可能である。
(Other additives)
Furthermore, various antioxidants can also be added to the optical film according to the present invention in order to improve the thermal decomposability and thermal colorability during molding. It is also possible to add an antistatic agent to give the optical film antistatic performance.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムには、リン系難燃剤を配合した難燃アクリル系樹脂組成物を用いても良い。 For the optical film according to the present invention, a flame retardant acrylic resin composition containing a phosphorus flame retardant may be used.
 ここで用いられるリン系難燃剤としては、赤リン、トリアリールリン酸エステル、ジアリールリン酸エステル、モノアリールリン酸エステル、アリールホスホン酸化合物、アリールホスフィンオキシド化合物、縮合アリールリン酸エステル、ハロゲン化アルキルリン酸エステル、含ハロゲン縮合リン酸エステル、含ハロゲン縮合ホスホン酸エステル、含ハロゲン亜リン酸エステル等から選ばれる一種、あるいは二種以上の混合物を挙げることができる。 Phosphorus flame retardants used here include red phosphorus, triaryl phosphate ester, diaryl phosphate ester, monoaryl phosphate ester, aryl phosphonate compound, aryl phosphine oxide compound, condensed aryl phosphate ester, halogenated alkyl phosphorus. Examples thereof include one or a mixture of two or more selected from acid esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphate esters, halogen-containing condensed phosphonate esters, halogen-containing phosphite esters, and the like.
 具体的な例としては、トリフェニルホスフェート、9,10-ジヒドロ-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナンスレン-10-オキシド、フェニルホスホン酸、トリス(β-クロロエチル)ホスフェート、トリス(ジクロロプロピル)ホスフェート、トリス(トリブロモネオペンチル)ホスフェート等が挙げられる。 Specific examples include triphenyl phosphate, 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, phenylphosphonic acid, tris (β-chloroethyl) phosphate, tris (dichloropropyl) Examples thereof include phosphate and tris (tribromoneopentyl) phosphate.
 (光学フィルムの製造方法の概要)
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法は、海に相当する連続相と島に相当する分散相とからなる海島構造を有する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、当該島を構成する主成分となる樹脂B、例えばセルロースアシレート樹脂のガラス転移温度Tg(B)と、当該海を構成する主成分となる樹脂A、例えばアクリル樹脂のガラス転移温度Tg(A)の差(Tg(B)-Tg(A))が10℃超であり、当該樹脂Aと当該樹脂Bの屈折率の差が0.08以下であり、かつ下記工程(a)~(d)を有する態様の製造方法であることが好ましい。
工程(a):前記樹脂Aと樹脂Bを含有するドープを形成する工程
工程(b):前記ドープを流延用支持体上に流延してウェブを形成する工程
工程(c):前記ウェブから前記有機溶媒を蒸発させる乾燥工程
工程(d):延伸温度TがTg(A)<T<Tg(B)となる温度で、1.03~1.20倍の範囲内の倍率で前記ウェブを延伸する延伸工程
 具体的には、島を構成する主成分となる樹脂Bのガラス転移温度Tg(B)が、海を構成する主成分となる樹脂Aのガラス転移温度より高く、両者の差(Tg(B)-Tg(A))が10℃超であることが好ましい。また、樹脂Aと樹脂Bの屈折率差が0.08以下である光学フィルムの製造方法であることが好ましい。さらに、前記工程(a)~(d)を有する製造方法であることが好ましい。
(Outline of optical film manufacturing method)
The method for producing an optical film according to the present invention is a method for producing an optical film having a sea-island structure composed of a continuous phase corresponding to the sea and a dispersed phase corresponding to an island, and is a resin that is a main component constituting the island B, for example, the difference between the glass transition temperature Tg (B) of the cellulose acylate resin and the glass transition temperature Tg (A) of the resin A, eg, an acrylic resin, which is the main component constituting the sea (Tg (B) −Tg ( A)) is more than 10 ° C., the difference in refractive index between the resin A and the resin B is 0.08 or less, and the production method has the following steps (a) to (d) preferable.
Step (a): Step of forming a dope containing the resin A and the resin B (b): Step of casting the dope on a casting support to form a web (c): The web Drying step evaporating the organic solvent from step (d): the web is stretched at a magnification within a range of 1.03-1.20 times at a temperature at which the stretching temperature T satisfies Tg (A) <T <Tg (B). Specifically, the glass transition temperature Tg (B) of the resin B as the main component constituting the island is higher than the glass transition temperature of the resin A as the main component constituting the sea, and the difference between the two (Tg (B) -Tg (A)) is preferably more than 10 ° C. Moreover, it is preferable that it is a manufacturing method of the optical film whose refractive index difference of resin A and resin B is 0.08 or less. Further, it is preferable that the production method includes the steps (a) to (d).
 本発明に係る製造方法によれば、従来の樹脂ブレンドによる散乱フィルムで問題となっていた脆性の問題を克服した光拡散能の付与された光学フィルムを提供でき、当該光学フィルムを、液晶表示装置の特にバックライト側偏光板の保護フィルムとして用いた際、正面輝度を低下させずにモアレ縞の解消された、優れた画質の画像表示装置を提供できる。 According to the production method of the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical film having a light diffusing ability that overcomes the brittleness problem that has been a problem with conventional scattering films made of resin blends. In particular, when used as a protective film for a backlight side polarizing plate, it is possible to provide an image display device with excellent image quality in which moire fringes are eliminated without reducing the front luminance.
 <樹脂A及び樹脂Bのガラス転移温度と延伸工程における延伸温度>
 本発明において、島を構成する主成分となる樹脂Bのガラス転移温度Tg(B)と、海を構成する主成分となる樹脂Aのガラス転移温度Tg(A)の差(Tg(B)-Tg(A))が10℃超であることが好ましい。さらに、延伸工程における温度Tが、Tg(A)<T<Tg(B)を満たすように延伸することが好ましい。
<Glass transition temperature of resin A and resin B and stretching temperature in stretching process>
In the present invention, the difference (Tg (B) −) between the glass transition temperature Tg (B) of the resin B as the main component constituting the island and the glass transition temperature Tg (A) of the resin A as the main component composing the sea. Tg (A)) is preferably more than 10 ° C. Furthermore, it is preferable to extend | stretch so that the temperature T in an extending process may satisfy | fill Tg (A) <T <Tg (B).
 これにより、島構造の粒状が楕円でなく真円形のまま海を構成する樹脂を延伸することで、島構造の突出状態をコントロールすることができ、透過率の低下を招くことなく、十分なモアレ解消能を付与することができる。 As a result, by extending the resin that constitutes the sea while the island structure is not oval in shape but in a round shape, the protruding state of the island structure can be controlled, and sufficient moire can be achieved without causing a decrease in transmittance. A resolution ability can be imparted.
 海構造と島構造の界面で剥離等の故障防止、透過率や正面輝度の低下防止の観点から、より好ましい範囲は、樹脂B及び樹脂Aのガラス転移温度の差(Tg(B)-Tg(A))が15℃以上、すなわち、(Tg(B)-Tg(A))≧15(℃)である。 From the viewpoint of preventing failure such as peeling at the interface between the sea structure and the island structure, and preventing reduction in transmittance and front luminance, a more preferable range is the difference in glass transition temperature between resin B and resin A (Tg (B) −Tg ( A)) is 15 ° C. or higher, that is, (Tg (B) −Tg (A)) ≧ 15 (° C.).
 なお、本願において、ガラス転移温度とは、樹脂が溶媒を含む場合の見かけのTgをも含む意味である。また樹脂のガラス転移温度は、示差走査熱量測定器(Perkin Elmer社製DSC-7型)を用いて、昇温速度20℃/分で測定して求めた中間点ガラス転移温度(Tmg)を用いることができる。 In addition, in this application, a glass transition temperature is the meaning also including apparent Tg in case resin contains a solvent. The glass transition temperature of the resin is the midpoint glass transition temperature (Tmg) determined by measuring at a temperature rising rate of 20 ° C./min using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-7 manufactured by Perkin Elmer). be able to.
 また、本発明に係る製造方法で作られたフィルムは樹脂の相分離による海島構造を有しており、海島構造由来の凹凸形状を有することを特徴とする。島部の形状を観察するには、オリンパス(株)製3Dレーザー顕微鏡LEXT OLS4000等を用いることができる。 Further, the film made by the production method according to the present invention has a sea-island structure due to phase separation of the resin, and has an uneven shape derived from the sea-island structure. In order to observe the shape of the island, Olympus 3D laser microscope LEXT OLS4000 or the like can be used.
 <樹脂A及び樹脂Bの屈折率差>
 本発明においては、海を構成する主成分となる樹脂Aの屈折率(A)と、島を構成する主成分となる樹脂Bの屈折率(B)との差は、0.08以下であること、すなわち、|屈折率(A)-屈折率(B)|≦0.08 であることが好ましい。
<Refractive index difference between resin A and resin B>
In the present invention, the difference between the refractive index (A) of the resin A as the main component constituting the sea and the refractive index (B) of the resin B as the main component constituting the island is 0.08 or less. That is, | refractive index (A) −refractive index (B) | ≦ 0.08.
 より好ましくは、|屈折率(A)-屈折率(B)|≦0.03 である。両者の屈折率をこの範囲とすることで、光学フィルムの内部ヘイズが増加することを抑制でき、表示装置にしたときに正面輝度が低下するのを抑制することができる。 More preferably, | refractive index (A) −refractive index (B) | ≦ 0.03. By making both refractive index into this range, it can suppress that the internal haze of an optical film increases, and when it is set as a display apparatus, it can suppress that front luminance falls.
 なお、本発明における屈折率は、平均屈折率を意味し、樹脂Aの屈折率及び樹脂Bの屈折率は、各々の樹脂からなるフィルムを作製し、アッベの屈折率計などを用いて測定することができる。 In the present invention, the refractive index means an average refractive index, and the refractive index of the resin A and the refractive index of the resin B are measured using Abbe's refractometer or the like by producing a film made of each resin. be able to.
 <延伸工程における延伸倍率>
 本発明においては、延伸工程における延伸倍率は、延伸温度TがTg(A)<T<Tg(B)となる温度で、1.03倍~1.20倍の範囲であることが好ましい。
<Stretch ratio in stretching process>
In the present invention, the draw ratio in the drawing step is preferably in the range of 1.03 to 1.20 times at a temperature at which the drawing temperature T satisfies Tg (A) <T <Tg (B).
 延伸倍率が1.03倍以上であれば、本発明の効果が発現する。1.20倍以下であれば、ヘイズ値が上昇して表示装置にしたときに正面輝度が低下するのを抑制することができる。 If the draw ratio is 1.03 times or more, the effect of the present invention is exhibited. If it is 1.20 times or less, it can suppress that front brightness falls, when a haze value raises and it is set as a display apparatus.
 (光学フィルムの製造方法)
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法は、海に相当する連続相と島に相当する分散相とからなる海島構造を有する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、当該島を構成する主成分となる樹脂B(セルロースアシレート樹脂)のガラス転移温度Tg(B)と、当該海を構成する主成分となる樹脂A(アクリル樹脂)のガラス転移温度Tg(A)の差(Tg(B)-Tg(A))が10℃超であり、当該樹脂Aと当該樹脂Bの屈折率の差が0.08以下であり、かつ上記工程(a)~(d)を有する態様の製造方法であることが好ましい。
(Optical film manufacturing method)
The method for producing an optical film according to the present invention is a method for producing an optical film having a sea-island structure composed of a continuous phase corresponding to the sea and a dispersed phase corresponding to an island, and is a resin that is a main component constituting the island The difference between the glass transition temperature Tg (B) of B (cellulose acylate resin) and the glass transition temperature Tg (A) of the resin A (acrylic resin) as the main component constituting the sea (Tg (B) −Tg ( A)) is more than 10 ° C., the difference in refractive index between the resin A and the resin B is 0.08 or less, and the production method of the embodiment having the steps (a) to (d). preferable.
 本発明においては、下記式(I)で求められる前記延伸工程における延伸速度が、20~300%/分の範囲内にあることが好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the stretching speed in the stretching step determined by the following formula (I) is in the range of 20 to 300% / min.
 式(I):延伸速度(%/分)={(延伸後幅手寸法/延伸前幅手寸法)-1}×100(%)/延伸にかかる時間(分)
 上記方法で製造することにより、本発明に係る光学フィルムを、微粒子脱落による工程汚染なく、容易なプロセスで作製することができる。
Formula (I): Stretching speed (% / min) = {(width dimension after stretching / width dimension before stretching) -1} × 100 (%) / time required for stretching (min)
By manufacturing by the said method, the optical film which concerns on this invention can be produced with an easy process without the process contamination by fine particle drop-off.
 以下、本発明に係る光学フィルムの製膜方法について更に詳細な説明をするが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the method for forming an optical film according to the present invention will be described in more detail, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの製膜方法としては、下記のような流延法による溶液製膜が好ましい。 As a method for forming an optical film according to the present invention, solution casting by the following casting method is preferable.
 図1は、本発明に好ましい溶液流延製膜方法のドープ調製工程、流延工程及び乾燥工程の一例を模式的に示した図である。 FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a dope preparation step, a casting step, and a drying step of a solution casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.
 (1)溶解工程
 使用する樹脂に対する良溶媒を主とする有機溶媒に、溶解釜中で島を構成する樹脂B、海を構成する樹脂A、及びその他の添加剤を攪拌しながら溶解しドープを形成する工程である。
(1) Dissolution Step In an organic solvent mainly composed of a good solvent for the resin to be used, the resin B constituting the island, the resin A constituting the sea, and other additives are dissolved in the dissolution vessel while stirring, and the dope is dissolved. It is a process of forming.
 樹脂の溶解には、常圧で行う方法、主溶媒の沸点以下で行う方法、主溶媒の沸点以上で加圧して行う方法、特開平9-95544号公報、特開平9-95557号公報、又は特開平9-95538号公報に記載の如き冷却溶解法で行う方法、特開平11-21379号公報に記載の如き高圧で行う方法等種々の溶解方法を用いることができるが、特に主溶媒の沸点以上で加圧して行う方法が好ましい。 For dissolving the resin, a method carried out at normal pressure, a method carried out below the boiling point of the main solvent, a method carried out under pressure above the boiling point of the main solvent, JP-A-9-95544, JP-A-9-95557, or Various dissolution methods such as a method using a cooling dissolution method as described in JP-A-9-95538 and a method using a high pressure as described in JP-A-11-21379 can be used. A method in which pressure is applied as described above is preferable.
 (有機溶媒)
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法において、溶液流延法で製造する場合のドープを形成するのに有用な有機溶媒は、使用する複数の樹脂及びその他の添加剤を同時に溶解するものであれば制限なく用いることができる。
(Organic solvent)
In the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention, an organic solvent useful for forming a dope in the case of producing by a solution casting method is one that can simultaneously dissolve a plurality of resins and other additives to be used. Can be used without limitation.
 例えば、塩素系有機溶媒としては、塩化メチレン、非塩素系有機溶媒としては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸アミル、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,3-ジオキソラン、1,4-ジオキサン、シクロヘキサノン、ギ酸エチル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエタノール、2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-1-プロパノール、1,3-ジフルオロ-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-メチル-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-プロパノール、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロ-1-プロパノール、ニトロエタン等を挙げることができ、塩化メチレン、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、アセトンを好ましく使用し得る。 For example, as a chlorinated organic solvent, methylene chloride, as a non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, etc. Methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and acetone can be preferably used.
 ドープには、上記有機溶媒の他に、1~40質量%の炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールを含有させることが好ましい。ドープ中のアルコールの比率が高くなるとウェブがゲル化し、金属支持体からの剥離が容易になり、また、アルコールの割合が少ない時は非塩素系有機溶媒系での樹脂の溶解を促進する役割もある。 In addition to the organic solvent, the dope preferably contains 1 to 40% by mass of a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. When the proportion of alcohol in the dope increases, the web gels, and peeling from the metal support becomes easy, and when the proportion of alcohol is small, the role of promoting the dissolution of the resin in a non-chlorine organic solvent system also is there.
 特に、メチレンクロライド、及び炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールを含有する溶媒に、海を構成する樹脂A及び島を構成する樹脂Bを、少なくとも計15~45質量%溶解させたドープ組成物であることが好ましい。 In particular, a solvent containing methylene chloride and a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in a resin A constituting an ocean and a resin B constituting an island is at least 15 to 45% by mass in total. A dissolved dope composition is preferred.
 炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールとしては、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、iso-プロパノール、n-ブタノール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノールを挙げることができる。これらの内ドープの安定性、沸点も比較的低く、乾燥性もよいこと等からエタノールが好ましい。 Examples of the linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, and tert-butanol. Ethanol is preferred because of the stability of these dopes, the relatively low boiling point, and good drying properties.
 樹脂及び添加剤を溶解させた後、濾材で濾過し、脱泡して送液ポンプで次工程に送る。濾過は捕集粒子径0.5~5μmで、かつ濾水時間10~25sec/100mlの濾材を用いることが好ましい。 After dissolving the resin and additives, it is filtered with a filter medium, defoamed, and sent to the next process with a liquid feed pump. For the filtration, it is preferable to use a filter medium having a collected particle diameter of 0.5 to 5 μm and a drainage time of 10 to 25 sec / 100 ml.
 その後主ドープ液は主濾過器3にて濾過され、これに紫外線吸収剤添加液が16よりインライン添加される。 Thereafter, the main dope solution is filtered by the main filter 3, and an ultraviolet absorbent additive solution is added in-line from 16 to this.
 多くの場合、主ドープには返材が10~50質量%程度含まれることがある。返材とは、光学フィルムを細かく粉砕した物で、光学フィルムを製膜するときに発生する、フィルムの両サイド部分を切り落とした物や、擦り傷などでスペックアウトした光学フィルム原反が使用される。 In many cases, the main dope may contain about 10 to 50% by weight of recycled material. The return material is a product obtained by finely pulverizing the optical film, which is generated when the optical film is formed, and is obtained by cutting off both sides of the film, or by using an optical film original that has been speculated out due to scratches, etc. .
 また、あらかじめ海を構成する樹脂Aと島を構成する樹脂Bを混練してペレット化したものも、好ましく用いることができる。 Also, a pellet obtained by kneading the resin A constituting the sea and the resin B constituting the island in advance can be preferably used.
 (2)流延工程
 ドープを、送液ポンプ(例えば、加圧型定量ギヤポンプ)を通して加圧ダイ30に送液し、無限に移送する無端の金属ベルト31、例えばステンレスベルト、あるいは回転する金属ドラム等の金属支持体上の流延位置に、加圧ダイスリットからドープを流延する工程である。
(2) Casting process An endless metal belt 31, such as a stainless steel belt, or a rotating metal drum, which feeds the dope to a pressure die 30 through a liquid feed pump (for example, a pressurized metering gear pump) and transfers it infinitely. The dope is cast from the pressure die slit to the casting position on the metal support.
 ダイの口金部分のスリット形状を調整でき、膜厚を均一にし易い加圧ダイが好ましい。加圧ダイには、コートハンガーダイやTダイ等があり、いずれも好ましく用いられる。金属支持体の表面は鏡面となっている。製膜速度を上げるために加圧ダイを金属支持体上に2基以上設け、ドープ量を分割して重層してもよい。あるいは複数のドープを同時に流延する共流延法によって積層構造のフィルムを得ることも好ましい。 ¡Pressure dies that can adjust the slit shape of the die base and make the film thickness uniform are preferred. Examples of the pressure die include a coat hanger die and a T die, and any of them is preferably used. The surface of the metal support is a mirror surface. In order to increase the film forming speed, two or more pressure dies may be provided on the metal support, and the dope amount may be divided and stacked. Or it is also preferable to obtain the film of a laminated structure by the co-casting method which casts several dope simultaneously.
 (3)溶媒蒸発工程
 ウェブ(流延用支持体上にドープを流延し、形成されたドープ膜を「ウェブ」と呼ぶ。)を流延用支持体上で加熱し、溶媒を蒸発させる工程である。
(3) Solvent evaporation step A step of casting a web (a dope is cast on a casting support and the formed dope film is called a “web”) on the casting support to evaporate the solvent. It is.
 溶媒を蒸発させるには、ウェブ側から風を吹かせる方法及び/又は支持体の裏面から液体により伝熱させる方法、輻射熱により表裏から伝熱する方法等があるが、裏面液体伝熱方法が乾燥効率が良く好ましい。また、それらを組み合わせる方法も好ましく用いられる。 To evaporate the solvent, there are a method of blowing air from the web side and / or a method of transferring heat from the back side of the support by a liquid, a method of transferring heat from the front and back by radiant heat, and the like. High efficiency and preferable. A method of combining them is also preferably used.
 後の剥離工程での残留溶媒量を調整するためには、この溶媒蒸発工程での支持体裏面に接触させる液体温度、支持体との接触時間等を適宜調整すればよい。 In order to adjust the amount of residual solvent in the subsequent peeling step, the temperature of the liquid brought into contact with the back surface of the support in this solvent evaporation step, the contact time with the support, and the like may be adjusted as appropriate.
 (4)剥離工程
 金属支持体上で溶媒が蒸発したウェブを、剥離位置で剥離する工程である。剥離されたウェブは次工程に送られる。
(4) Peeling process It is the process of peeling the web which the solvent evaporated on the metal support body in a peeling position. The peeled web is sent to the next process.
 金属支持体上の剥離位置における温度は好ましくは10~40℃であり、更に好ましくは11~30℃である。 The temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably 10 to 40 ° C., more preferably 11 to 30 ° C.
 なお、剥離する時点での金属支持体上でのウェブの剥離時残留溶媒量は、乾燥の条件の強弱、金属支持体の長さ等により、5~120質量%の範囲で剥離することが好ましい。 The amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling of the web on the metal support at the time of peeling is preferably peeled in the range of 5 to 120% by mass depending on the strength of drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like. .
 本発明で用いる残留溶媒量は下記の式で表せる。 The amount of residual solvent used in the present invention can be expressed by the following formula.
 残留溶媒量(質量%)={(M-N)/N}×100
 ここで、Mはウェブの任意時点での質量、NはMのものを110℃で3時間乾燥させた時の質量である。
Residual solvent amount (% by mass) = {(MN) / N} × 100
Here, M is the mass of the web at an arbitrary point, and N is the mass when M is dried at 110 ° C. for 3 hours.
 (5)乾燥及び延伸工程
 剥離後、ウェブを乾燥装置内に複数配置したローラに交互に通して搬送する乾燥装置35、及び/又はクリップでウェブの両端をクリップして搬送するテンター延伸装置34を用いて、ウェブを乾燥する。
(5) Drying and stretching step After peeling, a drying device 35 that transports the web alternately through rollers arranged in the drying device and / or a tenter stretching device 34 that clips and transports both ends of the web with clips. Use to dry the web.
 乾燥手段はウェブの両面に熱風を吹かせるのが一般的であるが、風の代わりにマイクロウェーブを当てて加熱する手段もある。余り急激な乾燥は出来上がりのフィルムの平面性を損ね易い。高温による乾燥は残留溶媒が8質量%以下くらいから行うのがよい。全体を通し、乾燥はおおむね40~250℃で行われる。 The drying means is generally to blow hot air on both sides of the web, but there is also a means to heat by applying microwaves instead of wind. Too rapid drying tends to impair the flatness of the finished film. Drying at a high temperature is preferably performed from about 8% by mass or less of the residual solvent. Throughout, drying is generally carried out at 40-250 ° C.
 テンター延伸装置を用いる場合は、テンターの左右把持手段によってフィルムの把持長(把持開始から把持終了までの距離)を左右で独立に制御できる装置を用いることが好ましい。また、テンター工程において、平面性を改善するため意図的に異なる温度を持つ区画を作ることも好ましい。 When using a tenter stretching apparatus, it is preferable to use an apparatus that can independently control the film gripping length (distance from the start of gripping to the end of gripping) left and right by the left and right gripping means of the tenter. In the tenter process, it is also preferable to intentionally create sections having different temperatures in order to improve planarity.
 また、異なる温度区画の間にそれぞれの区画が干渉を起こさないように、ニュートラルゾーンを設けることも好ましい。 It is also preferable to provide a neutral zone between different temperature zones so that each zone does not cause interference.
 なお、延伸操作は多段階に分割して実施してもよく、流延方向、幅手方向に二軸延伸を実施することも好ましい。また、二軸延伸を行う場合には同時二軸延伸を行ってもよいし、段階的に実施してもよい。 The stretching operation may be performed in multiple stages, and it is also preferable to perform biaxial stretching in the casting direction and the width direction. When biaxial stretching is performed, simultaneous biaxial stretching may be performed or may be performed stepwise.
 この場合、段階的とは、例えば、延伸方向の異なる延伸を順次行うことも可能であるし、同一方向の延伸を多段階に分割し、かつ異なる方向の延伸をそのいずれかの段階に加えることも可能である。即ち、例えば、次のような延伸ステップも可能である。 In this case, stepwise means that, for example, stretching in different stretching directions can be sequentially performed, stretching in the same direction is divided into multiple stages, and stretching in different directions is added to any one of the stages. Is also possible. That is, for example, the following stretching steps are possible.
 ・流延方向に延伸-幅手方向に延伸-流延方向に延伸-流延方向に延伸
 ・幅手方向に延伸-幅手方向に延伸-流延方向に延伸-流延方向に延伸
 また、同時二軸延伸には、一方向に延伸し、もう一方を、張力を緩和して収縮させる場合も含まれる。
-Stretch in the casting direction-Stretch in the width direction-Stretch in the casting direction-Stretch in the casting direction-Stretch in the width direction-Stretch in the width direction-Stretch in the casting direction-Stretch in the casting direction Simultaneous biaxial stretching includes stretching in one direction and contracting the other while relaxing the tension.
 同時二軸延伸の好ましい延伸倍率は幅手方向、長手方向ともに×1.01~×1.5倍の範囲でとることができる。 The preferred stretching ratio of simultaneous biaxial stretching can be in the range of x1.01 to x1.5 times in both the width direction and the longitudinal direction.
 テンター延伸を行う場合の乾燥温度は、30~200℃以内が好ましく、100~200℃以内が更に好ましい。 In the tenter stretching, the drying temperature is preferably within 30 to 200 ° C, more preferably within 100 to 200 ° C.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法においては、このときの延伸温度Tが、Tg(A)<T<Tg(B)を満たすように延伸することが好ましい。この範囲の温度で延伸することにより、島構造の粒状が楕円でなく真円形のまま海を構成する樹脂を延伸することができ、島構造の突出状態をコントロールすることができるため、透過率の低下を招くことなく、十分なモアレ解消能を付与することができる。 In the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention, it is preferable that the stretching temperature T at this time is stretched so as to satisfy Tg (A) <T <Tg (B). By stretching at a temperature in this range, it is possible to stretch the resin that constitutes the sea while the island structure grain is not elliptical but round, and the projecting state of the island structure can be controlled. Sufficient moire eliminating ability can be imparted without causing a decrease.
 また、本発明においては、下記式(I)であらわされる延伸速度が、20~300%/分以内であることが好ましい。
式(I):延伸速度(%/分)={(延伸後幅手寸法/延伸前幅手寸法)-1}×100(%)/延伸にかかる時間(分)
 延伸速度が生産性や品質の観点から設定することができるが、20%/分以上であれば、生産性に支障がなく、300%/分以下であれば、延伸時にクラック等の故障が発生しにくくなるので好ましい。
In the present invention, the stretching speed represented by the following formula (I) is preferably within 20 to 300% / min.
Formula (I): Stretching speed (% / min) = {(width dimension after stretching / width dimension before stretching) -1} × 100 (%) / time required for stretching (min)
The stretching speed can be set from the viewpoint of productivity and quality, but if it is 20% / min or more, there is no problem in productivity, and if it is 300% / min or less, a failure such as a crack occurs during stretching. Since it becomes difficult to do, it is preferable.
 テンター工程において、雰囲気の幅手方向の温度分布が少ないことが、フィルムの均一性を高める観点から好ましく、テンター工程での幅手方向の温度分布は、±5℃以内が好ましく、±2℃以内がより好ましく、±1℃以内が最も好ましい。 In the tenter process, it is preferable that the temperature distribution in the width direction of the atmosphere is small from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of the film. The temperature distribution in the width direction in the tenter process is preferably within ± 5 ° C, and within ± 2 ° C. Is more preferable, and within ± 1 ° C is most preferable.
 (6)巻き取り工程
 ウェブ中の残留溶媒量が2質量%以下となってからフィルムとして巻き取り機37により巻き取る工程であり、残留溶媒量を0.4質量%以下にすることにより寸法安定性の良好なフィルムを得ることができる。特に0.00~0.10質量%で巻き取ることが好ましい。
(6) Winding step This is a step of winding the film as a film by the winder 37 after the residual solvent amount in the web is 2% by mass or less. The dimensional stability is achieved by setting the residual solvent amount to 0.4% by mass or less. A film having good properties can be obtained. It is particularly preferable to wind up at 0.00 to 0.10% by mass.
 巻き取り方法は、一般に使用されているものを用いればよく、定トルク法、定テンション法、テーパーテンション法、内部応力一定のプログラムテンションコントロール法等があり、それらを使いわければよい。 As a winding method, a generally used one may be used, and there are a constant torque method, a constant tension method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, etc., and these may be used properly.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法で製造されたフィルムは、長尺フィルムであることが好ましく、具体的には、100m~5000m程度のものを示し、通常、ロール状で提供される形態のものである。また、フィルムの幅は1.3~4mであることが好ましく、1.4~3mであることがより好ましい。 The film produced by the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention is preferably a long film. Specifically, the film is about 100 m to 5000 m, and is usually provided in a roll form. It is. The width of the film is preferably 1.3 to 4 m, and more preferably 1.4 to 3 m.
 また、本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法で製造されたフィルムは、厚さが20μm以上であることが好ましい。より好ましくは30μm以上である。厚さの上限は限定されるものではないが、溶液製膜法でフィルム化する場合には、塗布性、発泡、溶媒乾燥等の観点から、上限は250μm程度である。好ましくは125μm以下、より好ましくは60μm以下である。 Further, the film produced by the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention preferably has a thickness of 20 μm or more. More preferably, it is 30 μm or more. The upper limit of the thickness is not limited, but in the case of forming a film by a solution casting method, the upper limit is about 250 μm from the viewpoint of applicability, foaming, solvent drying, and the like. Preferably it is 125 micrometers or less, More preferably, it is 60 micrometers or less.
 本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法で製造された光学フィルムは、二つの面の算術平均粗さRaは、0.03~1.5μmの範囲内にあることを要するが、二つの面のそれぞれの算術平均粗さRaが相違することが好ましく、少なくとも一方の面におけるJIS B0601-2001に基づく算術平均粗さRaが、0.05~2.0μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。Raの値が、0.05μm以上であると十分な散乱効果を得ることができ、モアレ縞を解消できる。Raが2.0μm以下であれば、表示装置化したときに正面輝度が低下するのを効果的に抑制することができる。 The optical film manufactured by the method for manufacturing an optical film according to the present invention requires that the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two surfaces be in the range of 0.03 to 1.5 μm. The arithmetic average roughness Ra is preferably different, and the arithmetic average roughness Ra based on JIS B0601-2001 on at least one surface is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2.0 μm. When the value of Ra is 0.05 μm or more, a sufficient scattering effect can be obtained and moire fringes can be eliminated. If Ra is 2.0 micrometers or less, it can suppress effectively that front luminance falls when it is set as a display apparatus.
 算術平均粗さRaは、JIS B0601-2001に準じた測定器、例えば、オリンパス(株)製、3Dレーザー顕微鏡LEXT OLS4000や、小坂研究所(株)製、サーフコーダー MODEL SE-3500などを用いて測定することができる。 The arithmetic average roughness Ra is measured using a measuring instrument according to JIS B0601-2001, such as Olympus 3D Laser Microscope LEXT OLS4000, Kosaka Laboratory Co., Ltd., Surfcoder MODEL SE-3500, etc. Can be measured.
 本発明に係る方法で製造された光学フィルムは、フィルム1枚の全ヘイズ値が20~80%の範囲内にあり、かつ、(全ヘイズ値)-(表面ヘイズ値)で求められる内部ヘイズ値が0.15~30%の範囲内にあることが好ましい。 The optical film manufactured by the method according to the present invention has a total haze value of 20 to 80% in one film, and an internal haze value obtained by (total haze value) − (surface haze value). Is preferably in the range of 0.15 to 30%.
 全ヘイズ値が20%以上であるとモアレ縞を解消することができ、80%以下であると正面輝度が低下するのを抑制できる点で好ましい。全ヘイズ値のより好ましい範囲は、35~50%以内である。内部ヘイズ値は、モアレ縞の抑制、正面輝度の低下防止の観点から、0.15~30%の範囲内にあることが好ましい。内部ヘイズ値のより好ましい範囲は、0.5~20%である。 When the total haze value is 20% or more, moire fringes can be eliminated, and when the total haze value is 80% or less, it is preferable in that it is possible to suppress a decrease in front luminance. A more preferable range of the total haze value is within 35 to 50%. The internal haze value is preferably in the range of 0.15 to 30% from the viewpoint of suppressing moire fringes and preventing reduction in front luminance. A more preferable range of the internal haze value is 0.5 to 20%.
 これらのヘイズ値は、23℃55%RHの雰囲気下、日本電色工業株式会社製ヘーズメーターNDH2000を用いて、JIS K7136に準じて測定した値を用いることができる。 These haze values can be values measured according to JIS K7136 using a Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. haze meter NDH2000 in an atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 55% RH.
 なお、全ヘイズ値とは、本発明に係るフィルム1枚のヘイズ値であり、内部ヘイズ値とは、全ヘイズ値から外部ヘイズ値を差し引いた値である。内部ヘイズ値は、フィルムの両表面を屈折率1.47のグリセリンで覆い、2枚のガラス板でこれを挟持して全ヘイズと同じように測定した際の測定値を用いることができる。このようにすることで、表面の凹凸形状によるヘイズ値(すなわち外部ヘイズ値)の影響を無視し、フィルム内部のヘイズ値のみを測定することができる。 The total haze value is a haze value of one film according to the present invention, and the internal haze value is a value obtained by subtracting the external haze value from the total haze value. As the internal haze value, a measurement value obtained by covering both surfaces of the film with glycerin having a refractive index of 1.47 and sandwiching the two glass plates to measure the same as the total haze can be used. By doing in this way, the influence of the haze value (namely, external haze value) by the uneven | corrugated shape of a surface can be disregarded, and only the haze value inside a film can be measured.
 (光硬化性接着剤)
 偏光子と光学フィルムとを貼合するための光硬化性接着剤の好ましい例には、以下の(α)~(δ)の各成分を含有する光硬化性接着剤組成物が含まれる。
(Photo curable adhesive)
Preferable examples of the photocurable adhesive for bonding the polarizer and the optical film include a photocurable adhesive composition containing the following components (α) to (δ).
 (α)カチオン重合性化合物、
 (β)光カチオン重合開始剤、
 (γ)380nmより長い波長の光に極大吸収を示す光増感剤
 (δ)ナフタレン系光増感助剤
(カチオン重合性化合物(α))
 光硬化性接着剤組成物の主成分であり、重合硬化により接着力を与える成分となるカチオン重合性化合物(α)は、カチオン重合により硬化する化合物であればよいが、特に分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物を含むことが好ましい。エポキシ化合物には、分子内に芳香環を有する芳香族エポキシ化合物、分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有し、そのうちの少なくとも1個が脂環式環に結合している脂環式エポキシ化合物、分子内に芳香環を有さず、エポキシ基とそれが結合する2個の炭素原子を含む環(通常はオキシラン環)の一方の炭素原子が別の脂肪族炭素原子に結合している脂肪族エポキシ化合物等がある。本発明に用いる光硬化性接着剤組成物は、カチオン重合性化合物(α)として、特に芳香環を含まないエポキシ樹脂、脂環式エポキシ化合物を主成分とするものが好ましい。脂環式エポキシ化合物を主成分とするカチオン重合性化合物を用いれば、貯蔵弾性率の高い硬化物を与え、その硬化物(接着剤層)を介して光学フィルムと偏光子が接着された偏光板において、偏光子が割れにくくなる。
(Α) a cationically polymerizable compound,
(Β) a cationic photopolymerization initiator,
(Γ) Photosensitizer exhibiting maximum absorption in light having a wavelength longer than 380 nm (δ) Naphthalene photosensitizer (cationic polymerizable compound (α))
The cationically polymerizable compound (α), which is a main component of the photocurable adhesive composition and serves as a component that gives adhesive force by polymerization and curing, may be any compound that can be cured by cationic polymerization. It is preferable to include an epoxy compound having one epoxy group. The epoxy compound includes an aromatic epoxy compound having an aromatic ring in the molecule, an alicyclic epoxy compound having at least two epoxy groups in the molecule, and at least one of which is bonded to the alicyclic ring. A fatty acid that does not have an aromatic ring in the molecule and one carbon atom of the ring containing the two carbon atoms to which it is bonded (usually an oxirane ring) is bonded to another aliphatic carbon atom Group epoxy compounds. The photocurable adhesive composition used in the present invention is preferably a cation polymerizable compound (α) having, as a main component, an epoxy resin not containing an aromatic ring or an alicyclic epoxy compound. If a cationically polymerizable compound having an alicyclic epoxy compound as a main component is used, a cured product having a high storage elastic modulus is provided, and an optical film and a polarizer are bonded via the cured product (adhesive layer). In this case, the polarizer is difficult to break.
 脂環式エポキシ化合物は上述のように、分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有し、そのうちの少なくとも1個が脂環式環に結合しているものである。ここで、脂環式環に結合しているエポキシ基とは、次式(ep)に示すように、エポキシ基(-O-)の2本の結合手が脂環式環を構成する2個の炭素原子(通常は隣り合う炭素原子)にそれぞれ直接結合していることを意味する。下記一般式(ep)において、mは2~5の整数を表す。 As described above, the alicyclic epoxy compound has at least two epoxy groups in the molecule, and at least one of them is bonded to the alicyclic ring. Here, the epoxy group bonded to the alicyclic ring is, as shown in the following formula (ep), two bonds in which two bonds of the epoxy group (—O—) constitute the alicyclic ring. Each of the carbon atoms (usually adjacent carbon atoms). In the following general formula (ep), m represents an integer of 2 to 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 式(ep)における(CH)m中の水素原子を1個又は複数個取り除いた形の基が、他の化学構造に結合した化合物が、脂環式エポキシ化合物となりうる。脂環式環を構成する水素は、メチル基やエチル基のように、直鎖状アルキル基で適宜置換されていてもよい。なかでも、エポキシシクロペンタン環(上記式(ep)においてm=3のもの)や、エポキシシクロヘキサン環(上記式(ep)においてm=4のもの)を有する化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
A compound in which a group in which one or a plurality of hydrogen atoms in (CH 2 ) m in formula (ep) are removed is bonded to another chemical structure can be an alicyclic epoxy compound. Hydrogen constituting the alicyclic ring may be appropriately substituted with a linear alkyl group such as a methyl group or an ethyl group. Of these, compounds having an epoxycyclopentane ring (m = 3 in the above formula (ep)) or an epoxycyclohexane ring (m = 4 in the above formula (ep)) are preferable.
 脂環式エポキシ化合物のなかでも、入手が容易で硬化物の貯蔵弾性率を高める効果が大きいことから、下記式(ep-1)~(ep-11)のいずれかがさらに好ましい。 Among the alicyclic epoxy compounds, any of the following formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) is more preferable because they are easily available and have a large effect of increasing the storage elastic modulus of the cured product.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 上記式中、R~R24は、各々独立に水素原子又は炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基を表し、R~R24がアルキル基の場合、脂環式環に結合する位置は1位~6位の任意の数である。炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基は、直鎖でもよく、分岐を有していてもよく、脂環式環を有していてもよい。Yは、酸素原子又は炭素原子数1~20のアルカンジイル基を表す。Y~Yは、各々独立に直鎖でもよく、分岐を有していてもよく、脂環式環を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~20のアルカンジイル基を表す。n、p、q及びrは、各々独立に0~20の数を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
In the above formula, R 3 to R 24 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and when R 3 to R 24 are alkyl groups, the position bonded to the alicyclic ring is 1 It is an arbitrary number from the first to sixth positions. The alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be a straight chain, may be branched, or may have an alicyclic ring. Y 8 represents an oxygen atom or an alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Y 1 to Y 7 each independently represents a straight chain, may be branched, and may represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have an alicyclic ring. n, p, q and r each independently represents a number from 0 to 20.
 上記式(ep-1)~(ep-11)で表される化合物のうち、式(ep-2)で示される脂環式ジエポキシ化合物が、入手が容易なので好ましい。式(ep-2)の脂環式ジエポキシ化合物は、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメタノール(そのシクロヘキサン環に炭素数1~6のアルキル基が結合していてもよい)と、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボン酸(そのシクロヘキサン環に炭素数1~6のアルキル基が結合していてもよい)とのエステル化合物である。そのようなエステル化合物の具体例として、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート(式(ep-2)において、R5=R6=H、n=0である化合物)、3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート(式(ep-2)において、R5=6-メチル、R6=6-メチル、n=0である化合物)等が挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the above formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11), the alicyclic diepoxy compound represented by the formula (ep-2) is preferable because it is easily available. The alicyclic diepoxy compound of the formula (ep-2) includes 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethanol (an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be bonded to the cyclohexane ring) and 3,4-epoxycyclohexane. An ester compound with a carboxylic acid (an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be bonded to the cyclohexane ring). Specific examples of such an ester compound include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (a compound in which R5 = R6 = H and n = 0 in the formula (ep-2)), 3 , 4-Epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate (a compound in which R5 = 6-methyl, R6 = 6-methyl, n = 0 in the formula (ep-2)) ) And the like.
 また、脂環式エポキシ化合物に、脂環式エポキシ基を実質的に有さないエポキシ樹脂を併用することが有効である。脂環式エポキシ化合物を主成分とし、これに脂環式エポキシ基を実質的に有さないエポキシ樹脂を併用したものを、カチオン重合性化合物とすれば、硬化物の高い貯蔵弾性率を保持しながら、偏光子と光学フィルムとの密着性を一層高めることができる。ここでいう脂環式エポキシ基を実質的に有さないエポキシ樹脂とは、分子内にエポキシ基とそれが結合する2個の炭素原子を含む環(通常はオキシラン環)の一方の炭素原子が別の脂肪族炭素原子に結合している化合物である。その例として、多価アルコール(フェノール)のポリグリシジルエーテルを挙げることができる。なかでも、入手が容易で偏光子と光学フィルムとの密着性を高める効果が大きいことから、下記一般式(ge)で示されるジグリシジルエーテル化合物が好ましい。 Also, it is effective to use an alicyclic epoxy compound in combination with an epoxy resin substantially free of an alicyclic epoxy group. If a cation-polymerizable compound containing an alicyclic epoxy compound as the main component and an epoxy resin substantially free of an alicyclic epoxy group is used as a cationically polymerizable compound, the cured product has a high storage elastic modulus. However, the adhesion between the polarizer and the optical film can be further enhanced. As used herein, an epoxy resin having substantially no alicyclic epoxy group means that one carbon atom of a ring (usually an oxirane ring) containing an epoxy group and two carbon atoms to which the epoxy group is bonded in the molecule. A compound bonded to another aliphatic carbon atom. Examples thereof include polyglycidyl ether of polyhydric alcohol (phenol). Among these, a diglycidyl ether compound represented by the following general formula (ge) is preferable because it is easily available and has a great effect of improving the adhesion between the polarizer and the optical film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 〔一般式(ge)中、Xは直接結合、メチレン基、炭素原子数1~4のアルキリデン基、脂環式炭化水素基、O、S、SO、SS、SO、CO、OCO又は下記式(ge-1)~(ge-3)で表される三種の置換基からなる群から選ばれる置換基を表し、アルキリデン基はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。〕
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(ge-1)において、R25及びR26は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基により置換されてもよいフェニル基あるいは炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基により置換されてもよい炭素原子数3~10のシクロアルキル基を表し、R25及びR26は互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
[In the general formula (ge), X represents a direct bond, a methylene group, an alkylidene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, O, S, SO 2 , SS, SO, CO, OCO, or the following formula: This represents a substituent selected from the group consisting of three kinds of substituents represented by (ge-1) to (ge-3), and the alkylidene group may be substituted with a halogen atom. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
In the formula (ge-1), R 25 and R 26 may be each independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group. Represents a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group, and R 25 and R 26 may be linked to each other to form a ring. Good.
 式(ge-2)において、A及びDは、それぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6~20のアリール基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数7~20のアリールアルキル基、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2~20の複素環基又はハロゲン原子を表し、当該アルキル基、アリール基、アリールアルキル基中のメチレン基は、不飽和結合、-O-又は-S-で中断されていてもよい。aは0~4の数を表し、dは0~4の数を表す。 In the formula (ge-2), A and D are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, or 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. Represents an aryl group of ˜20, an arylalkyl group of 7 to 20 carbon atoms that may be substituted with a halogen atom, a heterocyclic group of 2 to 20 carbon atoms that may be substituted with a halogen atom, or a halogen atom; The methylene group in the alkyl group, aryl group or arylalkyl group may be interrupted by an unsaturated bond, —O— or —S—. a represents a number from 0 to 4, and d represents a number from 0 to 4.
 一般式(ge)のジグリシジルエーテル化合物としては、例えばビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェールFのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールSのジグリシジルエーテルのようなビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂;テトラヒドロキシフェニルメタンのグリシジルエーテル、テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノンのグリシジルエーテル、エポキシ化ポリビニルフェノールのような多官能型のエポキシ樹脂;脂肪族多価アルコールのポリグリシジルエーテル;脂肪族多価アルコールのアルキレンオキサイド付加物のポリグリシジルエーテル;アルキレングリコールのジグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられ、なかでも、脂肪族多価アルコールのポリグリシジルエーテルが、入手が容易なので好ましい。 Examples of the diglycidyl ether compound of the general formula (ge) include bisphenol-type epoxy resins such as diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol S; glycidyl ether of tetrahydroxyphenylmethane , Glycidyl ether of tetrahydroxybenzophenone, polyfunctional epoxy resin such as epoxidized polyvinylphenol; polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol; polyglycidyl ether of alkylene oxide adduct of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol; Examples thereof include diglycidyl ether, and among them, polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol is preferable because it is easily available.
 上記の脂肪族多価アルコールとしては、例えば炭素数2~20の範囲内のものを例示できる。より具体的には、例えばエチレングリコール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、3-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、2,4-ペンタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、2,4-ジエチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,7-ヘプタンジオール、3,5-ヘプタンジオール、1,8-オクタンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール等の脂肪族ジオール;シクロヘキサンジメタノール、シクロヘキサンジオール、水添ビスフェノールA、水添ビスフェノールF等の脂環式ジオール;トリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン、ヘキシトール類、ペンチトール類、グリセリン、ポリグリセリン、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、テトラメチロールプロパン等の三価以上のポリオールが挙げられる。 Examples of the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol include those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. More specifically, for example, ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2,4-pentanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl -2,4-pentanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,7-heptanediol, 3,5-heptanediol, 1,8-octanediol, -Aliphatic diols such as methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol; cyclohexanedi Cycloaliphatic diols such as ethanol, cyclohexanediol, hydrogenated bisphenol A, hydrogenated bisphenol F; trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, hexitols, pentitols, glycerin, polyglycerin, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tetramethylol Examples include trivalent or higher polyols such as propane.
 脂環式エポキシ化合物と脂環式エポキシ基を実質的に有さないエポキシ樹脂を併用する場合、両者の配合割合は、カチオン重合性化合物全体の量を基準に、脂環式エポキシ化合物を50~95質量%、そして脂環式エポキシ基を実質的に有さないエポキシ樹脂を5質量%以上とするのが好ましい。脂環式エポキシ化合物をカチオン重合性化合物全体中で50質量%以上配合することにより、硬化物の80℃における貯蔵弾性率が1,000MPa以上になり、このような硬化物(接着剤層)を介して偏光子と光学フィルムとが接着された偏光板において、偏光子が割れにくくなる。また、脂環式エポキシ基を実質的に有さないエポキシ樹脂を、カチオン重合性化合物全体に対して5質量%以上配合することにより、偏光子と光学フィルムとの密着性が向上する。脂環式エポキシ基を実質的に有さないエポキシ樹脂の量は、カチオン重合性化合物が脂環式エポキシ化合物との二成分系である場合には、カチオン重合性化合物全体の量を基準に50質量%まで許容されるが、その量が余り多くなると、硬化物の貯蔵弾性率が低下し、偏光子が割れやすくなるので、カチオン重合性化合物全体の量を基準に45質量%以下とするのが好ましい。 When an alicyclic epoxy compound and an epoxy resin having substantially no alicyclic epoxy group are used in combination, the blending ratio of both is 50 to 50 based on the total amount of the cationic polymerizable compound. It is preferable that 95% by mass and an epoxy resin substantially not having an alicyclic epoxy group be 5% by mass or more. By blending 50% by mass or more of the alicyclic epoxy compound in the whole cationic polymerizable compound, the storage elastic modulus at 80 ° C. of the cured product becomes 1,000 MPa or more, and such a cured product (adhesive layer) is obtained. In the polarizing plate in which the polarizer and the optical film are bonded to each other, the polarizer is hardly broken. Moreover, the adhesiveness of a polarizer and an optical film improves by mix | blending 5 mass% or more of epoxy resins which do not have an alicyclic epoxy group substantially with respect to the whole cationically polymerizable compound. The amount of the epoxy resin having substantially no alicyclic epoxy group is 50 based on the total amount of the cation polymerizable compound when the cation polymerizable compound is a two-component system with the alicyclic epoxy compound. However, if the amount is too large, the storage elastic modulus of the cured product is lowered and the polarizer is easily cracked. Therefore, the amount is 45% by mass or less based on the total amount of the cationically polymerizable compound. Is preferred.
 光硬化性接着剤組成物を構成するカチオン重合性化合物(α)として、以上説明したような脂環式エポキシ化合物及び脂環式エポキシ基を実質的に有さないエポキシ樹脂を併用する場合、それぞれが上述した量となる範囲において、これらに加えて、他のカチオン重合性化合物を含んでいてもよい。他のカチオン重合性化合物としては、式(ep-1)~(ep-11)及び一般式(ge)以外のエポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物等が挙げられる。 As the cationically polymerizable compound (α) constituting the photocurable adhesive composition, when using an alicyclic epoxy compound and an epoxy resin substantially free of an alicyclic epoxy group as described above, In the range where becomes the above-mentioned amount, in addition to these, other cationically polymerizable compounds may be included. Examples of other cationically polymerizable compounds include epoxy compounds other than formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) and general formula (ge), oxetane compounds, and the like.
 式(ep-1)~(ep-11)及び式(ge)以外のエポキシ化合物には、式(ep-1)~(ep-11)以外の分子内に少なくとも1個の脂環式環に結合するエポキシ基を有する脂環式エポキシ化合物、式(ge)以外の脂肪族炭素原子に結合するオキシラン環を有する脂肪族エポキシ化合物、分子内に芳香環とエポキシ基を有する芳香族エポキシ化合物、芳香族エポキシ化合物における芳香環が水素化されている水素化エポキシ化合物等がある。 Epoxy compounds other than those represented by formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) and formula (ge) include at least one alicyclic ring in the molecule other than those represented by formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11). An alicyclic epoxy compound having an epoxy group to be bonded, an aliphatic epoxy compound having an oxirane ring bonded to an aliphatic carbon atom other than the formula (ge), an aromatic epoxy compound having an aromatic ring and an epoxy group in the molecule, aromatic There are hydrogenated epoxy compounds in which aromatic rings in group epoxy compounds are hydrogenated.
 式(ep-1)~(ep-11)以外の分子内に少なくとも1個の脂環式環に結合するエポキシ基を有する脂環式エポキシ化合物の例として、4-ビニルシクロヘキセンジエポキシドや1,2:8,9-ジエポキシリモネンの如きビニルシクロヘキセン類のジエポキシド等がある。 Examples of alicyclic epoxy compounds having an epoxy group bonded to at least one alicyclic ring in a molecule other than those represented by formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) include 4-vinylcyclohexene diepoxide, 1, 2: diepoxides of vinylcyclohexenes such as 8,8,9-diepoxy limonene.
 一般式(ge)以外の脂肪族炭素原子に結合するオキシラン環を有する脂肪族エポキシ化合物の例として、グリセリンのトリグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパンのトリグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールのジグリシジルエーテル等がある。 Examples of the aliphatic epoxy compound having an oxirane ring bonded to an aliphatic carbon atom other than the general formula (ge) include triglycidyl ether of glycerin, triglycidyl ether of trimethylolpropane, and diglycidyl ether of polyethylene glycol.
 分子内に芳香環とエポキシ基を有する芳香族エポキシ化合物は、分子内に少なくとも2個のフェノール性ヒドロキシ基(水酸基)を有する芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物のグリシジルエーテルであることができ、その具体例として、ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールFのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールSのジグリシジルエーテル、フェノールノボラック樹脂のグリシジルエーテル等がある。 The aromatic epoxy compound having an aromatic ring and an epoxy group in the molecule can be a glycidyl ether of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound having at least two phenolic hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) in the molecule. Bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, bisphenol S diglycidyl ether, phenol novolac resin glycidyl ether, and the like.
 芳香族エポキシ化合物における芳香環が水素化されている水素化エポキシ化合物は、上記の芳香族エポキシ化合物の原料である分子内に少なくとも2個のフェノール性ヒドロキシ基(水酸基)を有する芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物を、触媒の存在下、加圧下で選択的に水素化反応を行って、得られた水素化ポリヒドロキシ化合物をグリシジルエーテル化して得ることができる。具体例として、水素化ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル、水素化ビスフェノールFのジグリシジルエーテル、水素化ビスフェノールSのジグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられる。 A hydrogenated epoxy compound in which an aromatic ring in an aromatic epoxy compound is hydrogenated is an aromatic polyhydroxy compound having at least two phenolic hydroxy groups (hydroxyl groups) in a molecule as a raw material of the aromatic epoxy compound. Can be obtained by performing a hydrogenation reaction selectively under pressure in the presence of a catalyst and glycidyl etherifying the resulting hydrogenated polyhydroxy compound. Specific examples include diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol F, diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol S, and the like.
 これら式(ep-1)~(ep-11)及び一般式(ge)以外のエポキシ化合物のうち、脂環式環に結合するエポキシ基を有し、先に定義した脂環式エポキシ化合物に分類される化合物を配合する場合は、式(ep-1)~(ep-11)で示される脂環式エポキシ化合物との和が、カチオン重合性化合物の合計量を基準に95質量%を超えない範囲で用いられる。 Of these epoxy compounds other than formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) and general formula (ge), they have an epoxy group bonded to an alicyclic ring, and are classified as the alicyclic epoxy compounds defined above. When the compound is added, the sum of the alicyclic epoxy compounds represented by the formulas (ep-1) to (ep-11) does not exceed 95% by mass based on the total amount of the cationic polymerizable compound Used in a range.
 また、任意のカチオン重合性化合物となりうるオキセタン化合物は、分子内に4員環エーテル(オキセタニル基)を有する化合物である。その具体例としては、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン、1,4-ビス〔(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシメチル〕ベンゼン、3-エチル-3-(フェノキシメチル)オキセタン、ジ〔(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル〕エーテル、3-エチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシメチル)オキセタン、3-エチル-3-(シクロヘキシルオキシメチル)オキセタン、フェノールノボラックオキセタン、1,3-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕ベンゼン、オキセタニルシルセスキオキサン、オキセタニルシリケート等が挙げられる。 An oxetane compound that can be any cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a 4-membered cyclic ether (oxetanyl group) in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane, 1,4-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxymethyl] benzene, 3-ethyl-3- (phenoxymethyl) oxetane, di [ (3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ether, 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexyloxymethyl) oxetane, 3-ethyl-3- (cyclohexyloxymethyl) oxetane, phenol novolak oxetane, 1,3-bis [(3-Ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] benzene, oxetanylsilsesquioxane, oxetanyl silicate and the like.
 カチオン重合性化合物全体の量を基準に、オキセタン化合物を30質量%以下の割合で配合することにより、エポキシ化合物だけをカチオン重合性化合物として用いた場合に比べ、硬化性が向上するといった効果が期待できることがある。
(光カチオン重合開始剤(β))
 本発明では、以上のようなカチオン重合性化合物を、活性エネルギー線の照射によってカチオン重合させて硬化させ、接着剤層を形成することから、光硬化性接着剤組成物には、光カチオン重合開始剤(β)を配合することが好ましい。
By blending the oxetane compound at a ratio of 30% by mass or less based on the total amount of the cationic polymerizable compound, an effect of improving curability is expected compared to the case where only the epoxy compound is used as the cationic polymerizable compound. There are things you can do.
(Photocationic polymerization initiator (β))
In the present invention, the cationically polymerizable compound as described above is cationically polymerized by irradiation with active energy rays and cured to form an adhesive layer. Therefore, the photocurable adhesive composition has photocationic polymerization initiation. It is preferable to blend the agent (β).
 光カチオン重合開始剤は、可視光線、紫外線、X線、電子線のような活性エネルギー線の照射によって、カチオン種又はルイス酸を発生させ、カチオン重合性化合物(α)の重合反応を開始するものである。光カチオン重合開始剤は、光で触媒的に作用するため、カチオン重合性化合物(α)に混合しても保存安定性や作業性に優れる。活性エネルギー線の照射によりカチオン種やルイス酸を生じる化合物として、例えば、芳香族ジアゾニウム塩;芳香族ヨードニウム塩や芳香族スルホニウム塩のようなオニウム塩;鉄-アレン錯体等を挙げることができる。 The cationic photopolymerization initiator generates a cationic species or a Lewis acid upon irradiation with active energy rays such as visible light, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams, and initiates a polymerization reaction of the cationic polymerizable compound (α). It is. Since the cationic photopolymerization initiator acts catalytically by light, it is excellent in storage stability and workability even when mixed with the cationically polymerizable compound (α). Examples of compounds that generate cation species and Lewis acids upon irradiation with active energy rays include aromatic diazonium salts; onium salts such as aromatic iodonium salts and aromatic sulfonium salts; and iron-allene complexes.
 芳香族ジアゾニウム塩としては、例えばベンゼンジアゾニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、ベンゼンジアゾニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、ベンゼンジアゾニウムヘキサフルオロボレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic diazonium salt include benzenediazonium hexafluoroantimonate, benzenediazonium hexafluorophosphate, and benzenediazonium hexafluoroborate.
 芳香族ヨードニウム塩としては、例えばジフェニルヨードニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、ジ(4-ノニルフェニル)ヨードニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic iodonium salt include diphenyliodonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate, di (4-nonylphenyl) iodonium hexafluorophosphate, and the like.
 芳香族スルホニウム塩としては、例えばトリフェニルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、トリフェニルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、トリフェニルスルホニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、4,4′-ビス〔ジフェニルスルホニオ〕ジフェニルスルフィドビスヘキサフルオロホスフェート、4,4′-ビス〔ジ(β-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニルスルホニオ〕ジフェニルスルフィドビスヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、4,4′-ビス〔ジ(β-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニルスルホニオ〕ジフェニルスルフィドビスヘキサフルオロホスフェート、7-〔ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ〕-2-イソプロピルチオキサントンヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、7-〔ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ〕-2-イソプロピルチオキサントンテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、4-フェニルカルボニル-4′-ジフェニルスルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィドヘキサフルオロホスフェート、4-(p-tert-ブチルフェニルカルボニル)-4′-ジフェニルスルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィドヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、4-(p-tert-ブチルフェニルカルボニル)-4′-ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic sulfonium salt include triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, triphenylsulfonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, 4,4′-bis [diphenylsulfonio] diphenyl sulfide bishexafluoro. 4,4'-bis [di (β-hydroxyethoxy) phenylsulfonio] diphenyl sulfide bishexafluoroantimonate, 4,4'-bis [di (β-hydroxyethoxy) phenylsulfonio] diphenyl sulfide bishexa Fluorophosphate, 7- [di (p-toluyl) sulfonio] -2-isopropylthioxanthone hexafluoroantimonate, 7- [di (p-toluyl) sulfoni O] -2-Isopropylthioxanthone tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, 4-phenylcarbonyl-4'-diphenylsulfonio-diphenylsulfide hexafluorophosphate, 4- (p-tert-butylphenylcarbonyl) -4'-diphenylsulfo Nio-diphenyl sulfide hexafluoroantimonate, 4- (p-tert-butylphenylcarbonyl) -4'-di (p-toluyl) sulfonio-diphenyl sulfide tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate and the like.
 鉄-アレン錯体としては、例えばキシレン-シクロペンタジエニル鉄(II)ヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、クメン-シクロペンタジエニル鉄(II)ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、キシレン-シクロペンタジエニル鉄(II)トリス(トリフルオロメチルスルホニル)メタナイド等が挙げられる。 Examples of iron-allene complexes include xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) hexafluoroantimonate, cumene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) hexafluorophosphate, xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) tris (tri Fluoromethylsulfonyl) methanide and the like.
 これらの光カチオン重合開始剤は、それぞれ単独で使用してもよいし、二種以上を混合して使用してもよい。これらのなかでも特に芳香族スルホニウム塩は、300nm付近の波長領域でも紫外線吸収特性を有することから、硬化性に優れ、良好な機械強度や接着強度を有する硬化物を与えることができ、好ましく用いられる。 These photocationic polymerization initiators may be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Among these, aromatic sulfonium salts are particularly preferably used because they have ultraviolet absorption characteristics even in the wavelength region near 300 nm, and thus can provide a cured product having excellent curability and good mechanical strength and adhesive strength. .
 光カチオン重合開始剤(β)の配合量は、カチオン重合性化合物(α)全体100質量部に対して1~10質量部とする。カチオン重合性化合物(α)100質量部あたり光カチオン重合開始剤を1質量部以上配合することにより、カチオン重合性化合物(α)を十分に硬化させることができ、得られる偏光板に高い機械強度と接着強度を与える。一方、その量が多くなると、硬化物中のイオン性物質が増加することで硬化物の吸湿性が高くなり、偏光板の耐久性能を低下させる可能性があるため、光カチオン重合開始剤(β)の量は、カチオン重合性化合物(α)100質量部あたり10質量部以下とする。 The blending amount of the photocationic polymerization initiator (β) is 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the whole cationic polymerizable compound (α). By blending 1 part by mass or more of the cationic photopolymerization initiator per 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound (α), the cationic polymerizable compound (α) can be sufficiently cured, and the resulting polarizing plate has high mechanical strength. And give adhesive strength. On the other hand, when the amount is increased, the ionic substance in the cured product increases, so that the hygroscopic property of the cured product increases and the durability performance of the polarizing plate may be lowered. ) Is 10 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of the cationically polymerizable compound (α).
 光カチオン重合開始剤(β)の配合量は、カチオン重合性化合物(α)100質量部あたり2質量部以上とするのが好ましく、また6質量部以下とするのが好ましい。
(光増感剤(γ))
 本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物は、以上のようなエポキシ化合物を含むカチオン重合性化合物(α)及び光カチオン重合開始剤(β)に加えて、380nmより長い波長の光に極大吸収を示す光増感剤(γ)を含有する。上記光カチオン重合開始剤(β)は、300nm付近又はそれより短い波長に極大吸収を示し、その付近の波長の光に感応して、カチオン種又はルイス酸を発生させ、カチオン重合性化合物(α)のカチオン重合を開始させるが、それよりも長い波長の光にも感応するように、380nmより長い波長の光に極大吸収を示す光増感剤(γ)が配合される。
The amount of the cationic photopolymerization initiator (β) is preferably 2 parts by mass or more and preferably 6 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound (α).
(Photosensitizer (γ))
The photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention is suitable for light having a wavelength longer than 380 nm in addition to the cationic polymerizable compound (α) and the cationic photopolymerization initiator (β) including the epoxy compound as described above. Contains a photosensitizer (γ) exhibiting maximum absorption. The cationic photopolymerization initiator (β) exhibits maximum absorption at a wavelength near or shorter than 300 nm, generates a cationic species or a Lewis acid in response to light having a wavelength near the wavelength, and generates a cationic polymerizable compound (α ) Is initiated, but a photosensitizer (γ) that exhibits maximum absorption in light having a wavelength longer than 380 nm is blended so as to be sensitive to light having a longer wavelength than that.
 このような光増感剤(γ)としては、下記一般式(at)で示されるアントラセン系化合物が有利に用いられる。 As such a photosensitizer (γ), an anthracene compound represented by the following general formula (at) is advantageously used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
〔式中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に炭素数1~6のアルキル基又は炭素数2~12のアルコキシアルキル基を表す。R7は、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。〕
 一般式(at)で示されるアントラセン系化合物の具体例としては、9,10-ジメトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジプロポキシアントラセン、9,10-ジイソプロポキシアントラセン、9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジペンチルオキシアントラセン、9,10-ジヘキシルオキシアントラセン、9,10-ビス(2-メトキシエトキシ)アントラセン、9,10-ビス(2-エトキシエトキシ)アントラセン、9,10-ビス(2-ブトキシエトキシ)アントラセン、9,10-ビス(3-ブトキシプロポキシ)アントラセン、2-メチル又は2-エチル-9,10-ジメトキシアントラセン、2-メチル又は2-エチル-9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、2-メチル又は2-エチル-9,10-ジプロポキシアントラセン、2-メチル又は2-エチル-9,10-ジイソプロポキシアントラセン、2-メチル又は2-エチル-9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン、2-メチル又は2-エチル-9,10-ジペンチルオキシアントラセン、2-メチル又は2-エチル-9,10-ジヘキシルオキシアントラセン等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
[Wherein, R 5 and R 6 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. R7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. ]
Specific examples of the anthracene compound represented by the general formula (at) include 9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropoxyanthracene, 9,10-diisopropoxyanthracene, 9 , 10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipentyloxyanthracene, 9,10-dihexyloxyanthracene, 9,10-bis (2-methoxyethoxy) anthracene, 9,10-bis (2-ethoxyethoxy) anthracene, 9 , 10-bis (2-butoxyethoxy) anthracene, 9,10-bis (3-butoxypropoxy) anthracene, 2-methyl or 2-ethyl-9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 2-methyl or 2-ethyl-9, 10-diethoxyanthracene, 2-methyl or 2 Ethyl-9,10-dipropoxyanthracene, 2-methyl or 2-ethyl-9,10-diisopropoxyanthracene, 2-methyl or 2-ethyl-9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 2-methyl or 2-ethyl Examples include -9,10-dipentyloxyanthracene, 2-methyl or 2-ethyl-9,10-dihexyloxyanthracene.
 光硬化性接着剤組成物に上記のような光増感剤(γ)を配合することにより、それを配合しない場合に比べて、光硬化性接着剤組成物の硬化性が向上する。光硬化性接着剤組成物を構成するカチオン重合性化合物(α)の100質量部に対する光増感剤(γ)の配合量を、0.1質量部以上とすることにより、硬化性が向上する効果が発現する。一方、光増感剤(γ)の配合量が多くなると、低温保管時に析出する等の問題が生じることから、カチオン重合性化合物(α)100質量部に対して2質量部以下の配合量とする。偏光板のニュートラルグレーを維持する観点から、偏光子と光学フィルムとの接着性が適度に保たれる範囲で、光増感剤(γ)の配合量を少なくするほうが有利である。例えば、カチオン重合性化合物(α)100質量部に対し、光増感剤(γ)の量を0.1~0.5質量部、さらには0.1~0.3質量部の範囲とするのが好ましい。
(光増感助剤(δ))
 本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物は、上述したエポキシ化合物を含むカチオン重合性化合物(α)、光カチオン重合開始剤(β)及び光増感剤(γ)に加えて、下記一般式(nf)で示されるナフタレン系光増感助剤(δ)を含有する。
By mix | blending the above photosensitizers ((gamma)) with a photocurable adhesive composition, the sclerosis | hardenability of a photocurable adhesive composition improves compared with the case where it is not mix | blended. Curability is improved by setting the blending amount of the photosensitizer (γ) to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound (α) constituting the photocurable adhesive composition to be 0.1 parts by mass or more. The effect is manifested. On the other hand, when the blending amount of the photosensitizer (γ) increases, problems such as precipitation during low-temperature storage occur, so the blending amount of 2 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the cationic polymerizable compound (α) To do. From the viewpoint of maintaining the neutral gray of the polarizing plate, it is advantageous to reduce the amount of the photosensitizer (γ) in a range in which the adhesiveness between the polarizer and the optical film is maintained appropriately. For example, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cationically polymerizable compound (α), the amount of the photosensitizer (γ) is in the range of 0.1 to 0.5 parts by mass, further 0.1 to 0.3 parts by mass. Is preferred.
(Photosensitizer (δ))
The photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention includes the following cationic polymerizable compound (α) containing an epoxy compound, a cationic photopolymerization initiator (β), and a photosensitizer (γ). It contains a naphthalene-based photosensitization aid (δ) represented by the general formula (nf).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
〔式中、R及びRはそれぞれ、炭素数1~6のアルキル基である。〕
 ナフタレン系光増感助剤(δ)の具体例としては、1,4-ジメトキシナフタレン、1-エトキシ-4-メトキシナフタレン、1,4-ジエトキシナフタレン、1,4-ジプロポキシナフタレン、1,4-ジブトキシナフタレン等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[Wherein, R 1 and R 2 are each an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. ]
Specific examples of the naphthalene photosensitizer (δ) include 1,4-dimethoxynaphthalene, 1-ethoxy-4-methoxynaphthalene, 1,4-diethoxynaphthalene, 1,4-dipropoxynaphthalene, 1, 4-dibutoxynaphthalene and the like can be mentioned.
 光硬化性接着剤組成物にナフタレン系光増感助剤(δ)を配合することにより、それを配合しない場合に比べて、光硬化性接着剤組成物の硬化性が向上する。光硬化性接着剤組成物を構成するカチオン重合性化合物(α)の100質量部に対するナフタレン系光増感助剤(δ)の配合量を0.1質量部以上とすることにより、硬化性が向上する効果が発現する。一方、ナフタレン系光増感助剤(δ)の配合量が多くなると、低温保管時に析出する等の問題を生じることから、カチオン重合性化合物(α)100質量部に対して10質量部以下の配合量とする。好ましくは、カチオン重合性化合物(α)100質量部に対して5質量部以下の配合量である。 By blending the naphthalene-based photosensitization aid (δ) with the photocurable adhesive composition, the curability of the photocurable adhesive composition is improved as compared with the case where it is not blended. By setting the blending amount of the naphthalene photosensitizer (δ) to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound (α) constituting the photocurable adhesive composition to be 0.1 parts by mass or more, curability is improved. The improvement effect is manifested. On the other hand, if the amount of the naphthalene-based photosensitization aid (δ) increases, problems such as precipitation during low-temperature storage occur, and therefore the amount is 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound (α). The blending amount. Preferably, the blending amount is 5 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound (α).
 さらに、本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物には、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、任意成分である他の成分として、添加剤成分を含有させることができる。添加剤成分としては、前述の光カチオン重合開始剤及び光増感剤(γ)の他、光増感剤(γ)以外の光増感剤、熱カチオン重合開始剤、ポリオール類、イオントラップ剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、連鎖移動剤、粘着付与剤、熱可塑性樹脂、充填剤、流動調整剤、可塑剤、消泡剤、レベリング剤、色素、有機溶剤等を配合することができる。 Furthermore, the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention can contain an additive component as an optional component as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. As additive components, in addition to the above-mentioned photocationic polymerization initiator and photosensitizer (γ), photosensitizers other than the photosensitizer (γ), thermal cationic polymerization initiators, polyols, ion trapping agents , Antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents, tackifiers, thermoplastic resins, fillers, flow regulators, plasticizers, antifoaming agents, leveling agents, dyes, organic solvents, and the like.
 添加剤成分を含有させる場合、添加剤成分の使用量は、前述のカチオン重合性化合物(α)の100質量部に対して1000質量部以下であることが好ましい。使用量が1000質量部以下である場合、本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物の必須成分であるカチオン重合性化合物(α)、光カチオン重合開始剤(β)、光増感剤(γ)及び光増感助剤(δ)の組合せによる、保存安定性の向上、変色防止、硬化速度の向上、良好な接着性の確保という効果を良好に発揮させることができる。 When the additive component is contained, the amount of the additive component used is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cationic polymerizable compound (α). When the amount used is 1000 parts by mass or less, a cationically polymerizable compound (α), a photocationic polymerization initiator (β), and a photosensitizer, which are essential components of the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention. By combining (γ) and the photosensitizing aid (δ), the effects of improving storage stability, preventing discoloration, improving curing speed, and ensuring good adhesion can be exhibited well.
 偏光子と光学フィルムとを貼合するための接着剤の好ましい他の例には、以下の(α1)、(α2)及び(β1)の3成分を必須に含有する光硬化性接着剤組成物が含まれる。 Other preferable examples of the adhesive for laminating the polarizer and the optical film include a photocurable adhesive composition containing the following three components (α1), (α2) and (β1) as essential components: Is included.
 (α1)分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物
 (α2)分子内に少なくとも1個のオキセタニル基を有するオキセタン化合物
 (β1)光カチオン重合開始剤
 以下、上記(α1)のエポキシ化合物、上記(α2)のオキセタン化合物、上記(β1)の光カチオン重合開始剤を、それぞれ単に、エポキシ化合物(α1)、オキセタン化合物(α2)、光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)という。
(Α1) Epoxy compound having at least two epoxy groups in the molecule (α2) Oxetane compound having at least one oxetanyl group in the molecule (β1) Photocationic polymerization initiator Hereinafter, the epoxy compound of (α1) above, The oxetane compound (α2) and the photocationic polymerization initiator (β1) are simply referred to as epoxy compound (α1), oxetane compound (α2), and photocationic polymerization initiator (β1), respectively.
 エポキシ化合物(α1)とオキセタン化合物(α2)の質量比(エポキシ化合物(α1):オキセタン化合物(α2))は、90:10~10:90程度となるようにすることが好ましい。また、光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)は、組成物中に約0.5~20質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。 The mass ratio of the epoxy compound (α1) to the oxetane compound (α2) (epoxy compound (α1): oxetane compound (α2)) is preferably about 90:10 to 10:90. The cationic photopolymerization initiator (β1) is preferably blended in the composition at a ratio of about 0.5 to 20% by mass.
 この光硬化性接着剤は任意に、(ε)成分として分子内に少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する不飽和化合物を含有することができる。このような不飽和化合物(ε)を含有する場合は、(ζ)成分として光ラジカル重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。さらにこの光硬化性接着剤は、(η)成分として重合性を有しない他の成分を含有することもできる。 This photo-curable adhesive can optionally contain an unsaturated compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule as the (ε) component. When such an unsaturated compound (ε) is contained, it is preferable to contain a radical photopolymerization initiator as the (ζ) component. Furthermore, this photocurable adhesive agent can also contain the other component which does not have polymerizability as ((eta)) component.
 上記(ε)成分の不飽和化合物、(ζ)成分としての光ラジカル重合開始剤、(η)成分としての重合性を有しない他の成分を、それぞれ単に、不飽和化合物(ε)、光ラジカル重合開始剤(ζ)、重合性を有しない他の成分(η)という。
(エポキシ化合物(α1))
 本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物において、エポキシ化合物(α1)は、分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有するものであれば特に限定されず、一般に知られている各種の硬化性エポキシ化合物を用いることができる。好ましいエポキシ化合物(α1)として、分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基と少なくとも1個の芳香環を有する化合物(以下、芳香族系エポキシ化合物という)や、分子内に少なくとも2個のエポキシ基を有し、そのうちの少なくとも1個は脂環式環を構成する隣り合う2個の炭素原子との間で形成されている化合物(以下、脂環式エポキシ化合物という)等が例として挙げられる。
The unsaturated compound (ε), the photoradical polymerization initiator as the (ζ) component, and the other non-polymerizable component as the (η) component are simply referred to as the unsaturated compound (ε) and the photoradical, respectively. It is referred to as a polymerization initiator (ζ) and other component (η) having no polymerizability.
(Epoxy compound (α1))
In the photo-curable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention, the epoxy compound (α1) is not particularly limited as long as it has at least two epoxy groups in the molecule, and various kinds of generally known curings. A functional epoxy compound can be used. As a preferable epoxy compound (α1), a compound having at least two epoxy groups and at least one aromatic ring in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as an aromatic epoxy compound), or having at least two epoxy groups in the molecule. Examples of the compound include at least one compound formed between two adjacent carbon atoms constituting the alicyclic ring (hereinafter referred to as an alicyclic epoxy compound).
 芳香族系エポキシ化合物としては、本発明の効果を妨げない限り、特に限定されないが、ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールFのジグリシジルエーテル、臭素化ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテルのようなビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂;フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂のようなノボラック型エポキシ樹脂;その他、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ヒドロキノンジグリシジルエーテル、レゾルシンジグリシジルエーテル、テレフタル酸ジグリシジルエステル、フタル酸ジグリシジルエステル、スチレン-ブタジエン共重合体のエポキシ化物、スチレン-イソプレン共重合体のエポキシ化物、末端カルボン酸ポリブタジエンとビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂の付加反応物等が例として挙げられる。 The aromatic epoxy compound is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not hindered, but bisphenol type epoxy such as diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, diglycidyl ether of brominated bisphenol A, and the like. Resin; Novolac type epoxy resin such as phenol novolac type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin; other, biphenyl type epoxy resin, hydroquinone diglycidyl ether, resorcin diglycidyl ether, terephthalic acid diglycidyl ester, phthalic acid diglycidyl ester, Epoxidized styrene-butadiene copolymer, epoxidized styrene-isoprene copolymer, addition of terminal carboxylic acid polybutadiene and bisphenol A type epoxy resin Applied Physics, etc. as an example.
 ここで、エポキシ樹脂とは、分子中に平均2個以上のエポキシ基を有し、反応により硬化する化合物又はポリマーをいう。この分野での慣例に従い、硬化性のエポキシ基を分子内に2個以上有するものであれば、モノマーであってもエポキシ樹脂ということがある。 Here, the epoxy resin means a compound or polymer having an average of two or more epoxy groups in the molecule and cured by reaction. In accordance with the practice in this field, a monomer may be referred to as an epoxy resin as long as it has two or more curable epoxy groups in the molecule.
 脂環式エポキシ化合物としては、本発明の効果を妨げない限り特に限定されないが、ジシクロペンタジエンジオキサイド、リモネンジオキサイド、4-ビニルシクロヘキセンジオキサイド、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、ビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル)アジペートのようなエポキシ化シクロヘキシル基を少なくとも一つ有する化合物等が例として挙げられる。 The alicyclic epoxy compound is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not hindered, but dicyclopentadiene dioxide, limonene dioxide, 4-vinylcyclohexene dioxide, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4- Examples include compounds having at least one epoxidized cyclohexyl group such as epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate and bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate.
 上記以外にも、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパントリグリシジルエーテル、ペンタエリスリトールテトラグリシジルエーテル、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテルのような脂肪族系エポキシ化合物;水添ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテルのような芳香環が水素化されているエポキシ化合物;両末端ヒドロキシ基(水酸基)のポリブタジエンの両末端がグリシジルエーテル化された化合物、ポリブタジエンの内部エポキシ化物、スチレン-ブタジエン共重合体の二重結合が一部エポキシ化された化合物(例えば、ダイセル化学工業(株)製のエポフレンド)、エチレン-ブチレン共重合体とポリイソプレンのブロックコポリマーのイソプレン単位が一部エポキシ化された化合物(例えば、KRATON社製のL-207)のようなポリマー系のエポキシ化合物等も、エポキシ化合物(α1)となり得る。 In addition to the above, aliphatic epoxy compounds such as 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol tetraglycidyl ether, polytetramethylene glycol diglycidyl ether; dihydrogenated bisphenol A Epoxy compounds with aromatic rings hydrogenated, such as glycidyl ethers; compounds with both ends of hydroxybutadiene (hydroxyl group) glycidyl ethers, polybutadiene internal epoxidation products, styrene-butadiene copolymers A compound in which the double bond is partially epoxidized (for example, Epofriend manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), a block copolymer of ethylene-butylene copolymer and polyisoprene is partially epoxidized Objects (e.g., KRATON Co. L-207) polymeric epoxy compounds, such as, may also be an epoxy compound ([alpha] 1).
 これらのなかでも、芳香族系エポキシ化合物が、偏光板に用いられたときの耐久性等に優れ、特に偏光子及び光学フィルムに対する接着性に優れることから好ましい。さらに、この芳香族系エポキシ化合物としては、芳香族化合物のグリシジルエーテル又は芳香族化合物のグリシジルエステル等が好ましい例として挙げられる。芳香族化合物のグリシジルエーテルの具体例として、ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールFのジグリシジルエーテル、臭素化ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテルのようなビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂;フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂のようなノボラック型エポキシ樹脂;ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂;ヒドロキノンジグリシジルエーテル;レゾルシンジグリシジルエーテル等が好ましく挙げられる。また芳香族化合物のグリシジルエステルの具体例としては、テレフタル酸ジグリシジルエステル、フタル酸ジグリシジルエステル等が好ましく挙げられる。 Among these, aromatic epoxy compounds are preferable because they are excellent in durability and the like when used for polarizing plates, and particularly excellent in adhesion to polarizers and optical films. Furthermore, preferred examples of the aromatic epoxy compound include glycidyl ethers of aromatic compounds or glycidyl esters of aromatic compounds. Specific examples of glycidyl ethers of aromatic compounds include bisphenol type epoxy resins such as diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, diglycidyl ether of brominated bisphenol A; phenol novolac type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type Preferred examples include novolak-type epoxy resins such as epoxy resins; biphenyl-type epoxy resins; hydroquinone diglycidyl ether; resorcin diglycidyl ether and the like. Specific examples of glycidyl esters of aromatic compounds include terephthalic acid diglycidyl ester and phthalic acid diglycidyl ester.
 なかでも、芳香族化合物のグリシジルエーテルが、偏光子と光学フィルム間の密着性や、偏光板に用いたときの耐久性においてより優れるため、特に好ましい。芳香族化合物のグリシジルエーテルのなかでも、とりわけ好ましい化合物として、ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールFのジグリシジルエーテル、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。 Among them, glycidyl ether of an aromatic compound is particularly preferable because it is more excellent in adhesion between a polarizer and an optical film and durability when used for a polarizing plate. Among the glycidyl ethers of aromatic compounds, particularly preferable compounds include diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol F, and phenol novolac type epoxy resin.
 エポキシ化合物(α1)は、一種類を単独で用いることもできるし、二種類以上を混合して用いることもできる。例えば、芳香族系エポキシ化合物を二種類以上混合して用いることもできるし、芳香族系エポキシ化合物を主体とし、脂環式エポキシ化合物を混合することもできる。
(オキセタン化合物(α2))
 本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤において、オキセタン化合物(α2)は、分子内に少なくとも1個のオキセタニル基を有するものであれば特に限定されず、やはりオキセタニル基を有する種々の化合物を用いることができる。オキセタン化合物(α2)として、分子内に1個のオキセタニル基を有する化合物(以下、単官能オキセタンという)、分子内に2個以上のオキセタニル基を有する化合物(以下、多官能オキセタンという)が好ましい例として挙げられる。
An epoxy compound ((alpha) 1) can also be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types can also be mixed and used for it. For example, two or more aromatic epoxy compounds can be mixed and used, or an aromatic epoxy compound as a main component and an alicyclic epoxy compound can also be mixed.
(Oxetane compound (α2))
In the photocurable adhesive that can be used in the present invention, the oxetane compound (α2) is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one oxetanyl group in the molecule, and various compounds having an oxetanyl group are also used. be able to. Preferred examples of the oxetane compound (α2) include a compound having one oxetanyl group in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as monofunctional oxetane) and a compound having two or more oxetanyl groups in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as polyfunctional oxetane). As mentioned.
 単官能オキセタンとしては、3-エチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシロキシメチル)オキセタンのようなアルコキシアルキル基含有単官能オキセタン、3-エチル-3-フェノキシメチルオキセタンのような芳香族基含有単官能オキセタン、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタンのようなヒドロキシ基(水酸基)含有単官能オキセタン等が好ましい例として挙げられる。 As monofunctional oxetane, monofunctional oxetane containing alkoxyalkyl group such as 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexyloxymethyl) oxetane, and monofunctional containing aromatic group such as 3-ethyl-3-phenoxymethyloxetane. Preferred examples include hydroxy group (hydroxyl group) -containing monofunctional oxetane such as oxetane and 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane.
 多官能オキセタンとしては、例えば3-エチル-3-〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシメチル〕オキセタン、1,4-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシメチル〕ベンゼン、1,4-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕ベンゼン、1,3-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕ベンゼン、1,2-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕ベンゼン、4,4′-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕ビフェニル、2,2′-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕ビフェニル、3,3′,5,5′-テトラメチル-4,4′-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕ビフェニル、2,7-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕ナフタレン、ビス〔4-{(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ}フェニル〕メタン、ビス〔2-{(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ}フェニル〕メタン、2,2-ビス〔4-{(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ}フェニル〕プロパン、ノボラック型フェノール-ホルムアルデヒド樹脂の3-クロロメチル-3-エチルオキセタンによるエーテル化変性物、3(4),8(9)-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシメチル〕-トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、2,3-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシメチル〕ノルボルナン、1,1,1-トリス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシメチル〕プロパン、1-ブトキシ-2,2-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシメチル〕ブタン、1,2-ビス〔{2-(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ}エチルチオ〕エタン、ビス〔{4-(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチルチオ}フェニル〕スルフィド、1,6-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-オクタフルオロヘキサン、3-〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ〕プロピルトリエトキシシランの加水分解縮合物、テトラキス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチル〕シリケートの縮合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the polyfunctional oxetane include 3-ethyl-3-[(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] oxetane, 1,4-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] benzene, 1,4-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] benzene, 1,3-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] benzene, 1,2-bis [(3-ethyl Oxetane-3-yl) methoxy] benzene, 4,4'-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] biphenyl, 2,2'-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] Biphenyl, 3,3 ′, 5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] biphenyl, 2,7-bis [(3-ethy Oxetane-3-yl) methoxy] naphthalene, bis [4-{(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy} phenyl] methane, bis [2-{(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy} phenyl] Etherified modification of methane, 2,2-bis [4-{(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy} phenyl] propane, novolak type phenol-formaldehyde resin with 3-chloromethyl-3-ethyloxetane, 3 (4), 8 (9) -bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] -tricyclo [5.2.1.02,6] decane, 2,3-bis [(3-ethyloxetane -3-yl) methoxymethyl] norbornane, 1,1,1-tris [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] propane, Butoxy-2,2-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] butane, 1,2-bis [{2- (3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy} ethylthio] ethane, bis [ {4- (3-Ethyloxetane-3-yl) methylthio} phenyl] sulfide, 1,6-bis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] -2,2,3,3,4,4,4 Hydrolysis condensate of 5,5-octafluorohexane, 3-[(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy] propyltriethoxysilane, condensation of tetrakis [(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl] silicate Thing etc. are mentioned.
 オキセタン化合物(α2)は、塗工性や、偏光板に用いたときの光学フィルムとの密着性の観点から、分子量500以下の室温で液状のものが好ましい。さらに、偏光板が優れた耐久性を持つ点で、単官能オキセタンであれば分子内に芳香環を有するもの又は多官能オキセタンが、より好ましい。このような好ましいオキセタン化合物の例として、3-エチル-3-フェノキシメチルオキセタン、3-エチル-3-〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシメチル〕オキセタン、1,4-ビス〔(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシメチル〕ベンゼン等が挙げられる。 The oxetane compound (α2) is preferably liquid at room temperature with a molecular weight of 500 or less from the viewpoint of coating properties and adhesion to an optical film when used for a polarizing plate. Furthermore, in terms of excellent durability of the polarizing plate, a monofunctional oxetane is more preferably an aromatic ring in the molecule or a polyfunctional oxetane. Examples of such preferred oxetane compounds include 3-ethyl-3-phenoxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-[(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] oxetane, 1,4-bis [(3 -Ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxymethyl] benzene and the like.
 オキセタン化合物(α2)も、一種類を単独で用いることができる他、二種類以上を混合して用いることもできる。 The oxetane compound (α2) can also be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 エポキシ化合物(α1)とオキセタン化合物(α2)の質量比(エポキシ化合物(α1):オキセタン化合物(α2))は、90:10~10:90とする。この質量比に過不足があると、本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物における重要な特性の一つである、短時間で硬化させるという効果が充分に発揮されない。好ましい質量比は、硬化前には低粘度で塗工性に優れ、硬化後に充分な密着性と可撓性を発現できることから、70:30~20:80程度であり、より好ましくは60:40~25:75程度である。
(光カチオン重合開始剤(β1))
 本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物は、硬化成分として上述のエポキシ化合物(α1)及びオキセタン化合物(α2)を含有し、これらはいずれもカチオン重合により硬化するものであることから、そのカチオン重合を開始させるため、光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)が配合される。光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)は、可視光線、紫外線、X線、電子線等の活性エネルギー線の照射によって、カチオン種又はルイス酸を発生させ、エポキシ基やオキセタニル基の重合反応を開始させる。
The mass ratio of the epoxy compound (α1) to the oxetane compound (α2) (epoxy compound (α1): oxetane compound (α2)) is 90:10 to 10:90. If this mass ratio is excessive or insufficient, the effect of curing in a short time, which is one of the important characteristics in the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention, is not sufficiently exhibited. A preferred mass ratio is about 70:30 to 20:80, more preferably 60:40, because it has a low viscosity before curing, excellent coating properties, and can exhibit sufficient adhesion and flexibility after curing. It is about 25:75.
(Photocationic polymerization initiator (β1))
The photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention contains the above-described epoxy compound (α1) and oxetane compound (α2) as curing components, and these are all cured by cationic polymerization. In order to start the cationic polymerization, a photocationic polymerization initiator (β1) is blended. The cationic photopolymerization initiator (β1) generates cationic species or a Lewis acid by irradiation with active energy rays such as visible light, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams, and initiates a polymerization reaction of an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group.
 光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)を配合することにより、常温での硬化が可能となり、偏光子の耐熱性や膨張又は収縮による歪みを考慮する必要性が小さく、光学フィルムを良好に接着することができる。また、光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)は、活性エネルギー線の照射で触媒的に作用するため、エポキシ化合物(α1)及びオキセタン化合物(α2)に混合しても、保存安定性や作業性に優れる。 By blending the cationic photopolymerization initiator (β1), curing at room temperature is possible, and there is little need to consider the heat resistance of the polarizer and distortion due to expansion or contraction. it can. In addition, since the cationic photopolymerization initiator (β1) acts catalytically upon irradiation with active energy rays, it is excellent in storage stability and workability even when mixed with the epoxy compound (α1) and the oxetane compound (α2). .
 このような活性エネルギー線の照射によりカチオン種やルイス酸を生じさせる光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)として、例えば芳香族ジアゾニウム塩、芳香族ヨードニウム塩や芳香族スルホニウム塩のようなオニウム塩、鉄-アレン錯体等を挙げることができる。 Photocationic polymerization initiators (β1) that generate cationic species and Lewis acids upon irradiation with such active energy rays include, for example, onium salts such as aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic iodonium salts and aromatic sulfonium salts, iron- An allene complex etc. can be mentioned.
 芳香族ジアゾニウム塩としては、例えばベンゼンジアゾニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、ベンゼンジアゾニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、ベンゼンジアゾニウムヘキサフルオロボレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic diazonium salt include benzenediazonium hexafluoroantimonate, benzenediazonium hexafluorophosphate, and benzenediazonium hexafluoroborate.
 芳香族ヨードニウム塩としては、例えばジフェニルヨードニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、ジ(4-ノニルフェニル)ヨードニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic iodonium salt include diphenyliodonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate, di (4-nonylphenyl) iodonium hexafluorophosphate, and the like.
 芳香族スルホニウム塩としては、例えばトリフェニルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、トリフェニルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、トリフェニルスルホニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、ジフェニル〔4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル〕スルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、ジフェニル〔4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル〕スルホニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、4,4′-ビス(ジフェニルスルホニオ)ジフェニルスルフィドビスヘキサフルオロホスフェート、4,4′-ビス〔ジ(β-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニルスルホニオ〕ジフェニルスルフィドビスヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、4,4′-ビス〔ジ(β-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニルスルホニオ〕ジフェニルスルフィドビスヘキサフルオロホスフェート、7-〔ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ〕-2-イソプロピルチオキサントンヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、7-〔ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ〕-2-イソプロピルチオキサントンテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、4-フェニルカルボニル-4′-ジフェニルスルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィドヘキサフルオロホスフェート、4-(p-tert-ブチルフェニルカルボニル)-4′-ジフェニルスルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィドヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、4-(p-tert-ブチルフェニルカルボニル)-4′-ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic sulfonium salt include triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, triphenylsulfonium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, diphenyl [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] sulfonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyl [ 4- (phenylthio) phenyl] sulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, 4,4'-bis (diphenylsulfonio) diphenyl sulfide bishexafluorophosphate, 4,4'-bis [di (β-hydroxyethoxy) phenylsulfonio] diphenyl Sulfide bishexafluoroantimonate, 4,4'-bis [di (β-hydroxyethoxy) phenylsulfonio] diphenylsulfur 7- [di (p-toluyl) sulfonio] -2-isopropylthioxanthone hexafluoroantimonate, 7- [di (p-toluyl) sulfonio] -2-isopropylthioxanthone tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) Borate, 4-phenylcarbonyl-4'-diphenylsulfonio-diphenylsulfide hexafluorophosphate, 4- (p-tert-butylphenylcarbonyl) -4'-diphenylsulfonio-diphenylsulfide hexafluoroantimonate, 4- (p -Tert-butylphenylcarbonyl) -4'-di (p-toluyl) sulfonio-diphenyl sulfide tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate and the like.
 鉄-アレン錯体としては、例えばキシレン-シクロペンタジエニル鉄(II)ヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、クメン-シクロペンタジエニル鉄(II)ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、キシレン-シクロペンタジエニル鉄(II)-トリス(トリフルオロメチルスルホニル)メタナイド等が挙げられる。 Examples of iron-allene complexes include xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) hexafluoroantimonate, cumene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) hexafluorophosphate, xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron (II) -tris ( (Trifluoromethylsulfonyl) methanide and the like.
 これらの光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)は、それぞれ一種類を単独で用いてもよいし、二種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。これらのなかでも特に芳香族スルホニウム塩は、300nm以上の波長領域でも紫外線吸収特性を有することから、硬化性に優れ、良好な機械強度や接着強度を有する硬化物を与えることができるため、好ましく用いられる。 These photocationic polymerization initiators (β1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, aromatic sulfonium salts are particularly preferably used because they have ultraviolet absorption characteristics even in a wavelength region of 300 nm or more, and therefore can provide a cured product having excellent curability and good mechanical strength and adhesive strength. It is done.
 光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)は、市販品を容易に入手することが可能であり、例えば、それぞれ商品名で、カヤラッドPCI-220、カヤラッドPCI-620(以上、日本化薬(株)製)、UVI-6992(ダウ・ケミカル社製)、アデカオプトマーSP-150、アデカオプトマーSP-170(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、CI-5102、CIT-1370、CIT-1682、CIP-1866S、CIP-2048S、CIP-2064S(以上、日本曹達(株)製)、DPI-101、DPI-102、DPI-103、DPI-105、MPI-103、MPI-105、BBI-101、BBI-102、BBI-103、BBI-105、TPS-101、TPS-102、TPS-103、TPS-105、MDS-103、MDS-105、DTS-102、DTS-103(以上、みどり化学(株)製)、PI-2074(ローディア社製)、イルガキュア250、イルガキュアPAG103、イルガキュアPAG108、イルガキュアPAG121、イルガキュアPAG203(以上、BASF社製)、CPI-100P、CPI-101A、CPI-200K、CPI-210S(以上、サンアプロ(株)製)等が挙げられる。なかでも、ジフェニル〔4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル〕スルホニウムをカチオン成分として含む、UVI-6992、CPI-100P、CPI-101A、CPI-200K、CPI-210Sが好ましい。 As the cationic photopolymerization initiator (β1), commercially available products can be easily obtained. For example, Kayrad PCI-220 and Kayalad PCI-620 (above, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) under the trade names, respectively. UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co.), Adeka optomer SP-150, Adeka optomer SP-170 (above, manufactured by ADEKA), CI-5102, CIT-1370, CIT-1682S, CIP-1866S , CIP-2048S, CIP-2064S (manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.), DPI-101, DPI-102, DPI-103, DPI-105, MPI-103, MPI-105, BBI-101, BBI-102 , BBI-103, BBI-105, TPS-101, TPS-102, TPS-103, TPS-105 MDS-103, MDS-105, DTS-102, DTS-103 (manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.), PI-2074 (manufactured by Rhodia), Irgacure 250, Irgacure PAG103, Irgacure PAG108, Irgacure PAG121, Irgacure PAG203 ( As mentioned above, BASF), CPI-100P, CPI-101A, CPI-200K, CPI-210S (above, San Apro Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned. Among these, UVI-6992, CPI-100P, CPI-101A, CPI-200K, and CPI-210S containing diphenyl [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] sulfonium as a cation component are preferable.
 光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)の配合割合は、光硬化性接着剤全体を基準として、0.5~20質量%の範囲とする。配合割合が0.5質量%を下回ると、光硬化性接着剤の硬化が不十分になり、機械強度や接着強度が低下する。一方、配合割合が20質量%を越えると、硬化物中のイオン性物質が増加することで硬化物の吸湿性が高くなり、耐久性が低下する可能性があるので、好ましくない。
(不飽和化合物(ε))
 光硬化性接着剤は、必要に応じて、分子内に少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する不飽和化合物(ε)を含有することができる。
The blending ratio of the cationic photopolymerization initiator (β1) is in the range of 0.5 to 20% by mass based on the entire photocurable adhesive. When the blending ratio is less than 0.5% by mass, curing of the photocurable adhesive becomes insufficient, and mechanical strength and adhesive strength are lowered. On the other hand, when the blending ratio exceeds 20% by mass, the ionic substance in the cured product is increased, so that the hygroscopic property of the cured product is increased and the durability may be lowered.
(Unsaturated compound (ε))
The photocurable adhesive may contain an unsaturated compound (ε) having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, if necessary.
 このような不飽和化合物(ε)の典型的な例として、分子内に少なくとも1個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリル系化合物を挙げることができる。 A typical example of such an unsaturated compound (ε) includes a (meth) acrylic compound having at least one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule.
 (メタ)アクリル系化合物としては、特に限定されないが、例えば(メタ)アクリレート類、(メタ)アクリルアミド類、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン、(メタ)アクリルアルデヒド等が挙げられる。 The (meth) acrylic compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include (meth) acrylates, (meth) acrylamides, (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acryloylmorpholine, and (meth) acrylaldehyde.
 分子内に1個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート類(以下、単官能(メタ)アクリレートという)としては、特に限定されないが、例えばメチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソオクチル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレートのようなアルキル(メタ)アクリレート類;2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートのようなヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート類;シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメチロールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンテニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートのような脂環式単官能(メタ)アクリレート類;ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、p-クミルフェノールアルキレンオキサイド付加物の(メタ)アクリレート、o-フェニルフェノールアルキレンオキサイド付加物の(メタ)アクリレート、フェノールアルキレンオキサイド付加物の(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノールアルキレンオキサイド付加物の(メタ)アクリレートのような芳香族環を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート類(ここで、アルキレンオキサイドとしては、エチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイド等が挙げられる);2-メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシメチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルアルコールのアルキレンオキサイド付加物の(メタ)アクリレートのようなアルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート類;エチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタンジオールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオールモノ(メタ)アクリレートのような二価アルコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレート類;ジエチレングリコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレートのようなポリアルキレングリコールのモノ(メタ)アクリレート類;グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート;テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート;カプロラクトン変性テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレートのようなテトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート類;3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート;N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート;2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート等が挙げられる。 The (meth) acrylates having one (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as monofunctional (meth) acrylate) are not particularly limited, but for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, Propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, Alkyl (meth) acrylates such as stearyl (meth) acrylate; hydrides such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate Roxyalkyl (meth) acrylates; cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethylol mono (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, Alicyclic monofunctional (meth) acrylates such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate; benzyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate of p-cumylphenol alkylene oxide adduct, o-phenylphenol alkylene oxide (Meth) acrylates of adducts, (meth) acrylates of phenol alkylene oxide adducts, (meth) acrylates of nonylphenol alkylene oxide adducts, (Meth) acrylates (wherein alkylene oxides include ethylene oxide and propylene oxide); addition of alkylene oxide of 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol Alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylates; such as ethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, pentanediol mono (meth) acrylate, hexanediol mono (meth) acrylate Mono (meth) acrylates of dihydric alcohols; mono (meth) acrylate of diethylene glycol, mono (meth) acrylate of triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol Polyalkylenes such as Cole mono (meth) acrylate, Polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, Dipropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, Tripropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, Polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate Mono (meth) acrylates of glycols; glycidyl (meth) acrylates; tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylates; tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylates such as caprolactone-modified tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylates; 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl Examples include methyl (meth) acrylate; N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate; 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
 また、分子内に2個以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート類としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、次のような化合物が挙げられる。 Further, (meth) acrylates having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
 トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ノルボルナンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート、水素添加ビスフェノールAのジ(メタ)アクリレートのような脂環式環を有するジ(メタ)アクリレート類;ビスフェノールAエチレンオキサイド付加物のジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAプロピレンオキサイド付加物のジ(メタ)アクリレートを含むビスフェノールAアルキレンオキサイド付加物のジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテルのジ(メタ)アクリレートのような芳香族環を有するジ(メタ)アクリレート類;エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートのようなアルキレングリコールのジ(メタ)アクリレート類;ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートのようなポリアルキレングリコールのジ(メタ)アクリレート類;グリセリンのジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジグリセリンのジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレートのようなグリセリン類のジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレート類;グリセリン類のアルキレンオキサイド付加物のジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレート類;ビスフェノールAアルキレンオキサイド付加物のジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールFアルキレンオキサイド付加物のジ(メタ)アクリレートのようなビスフェノールアルキレンオキサイド付加物のジ(メタ)アクリレート類;トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートのようなポリオールポリ(メタ)アクリレート類;これらポリオールのアルキレンオキサイド付加物のポリ(メタ)アクリレート類;イソシアヌル酸アルキレンオキサイド付加物のジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレート類;1,3,5-トリ(メタ)アクリロイルヘキサヒドロ-s-トリアジン等が挙げられる。 Alicyclic rings such as tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, norbornane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate, di (meth) acrylate of hydrogenated bisphenol A Di (meth) acrylates having bisphenol A ethylene oxide adduct di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A propylene oxide adduct di (meth) acrylate containing di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A Di (meth) acrylates having an aromatic ring such as di (meth) acrylate of A diglycidyl ether; ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, penta Di (meth) acrylates of alkylene glycols such as diol di (meth) acrylate and hexanediol di (meth) acrylate; diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate Di (meth) acrylates of polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; Di- or tri (meth) acrylates, di- or tri (meth) acrylates of glycerols such as di- or tri (meth) acrylates of diglycerol; glycerol Di- or tri (meth) acrylates of bisphenol alkylene oxide adducts; di (meth) acrylates of bisphenol A alkylene oxide adducts, di (meth) acrylates of bisphenol F alkylene oxide adducts (Meth) acrylates; trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, di Polyol poly (meth) acrylates such as pentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate; And poly (meth) acrylates of polyol alkylene oxide adducts; di- or tri (meth) acrylates of isocyanuric acid alkylene oxide adducts; 1,3,5-tri (meth) acryloylhexahydro-s-triazine and the like Can be mentioned.
 (メタ)アクリルアミド類としては、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、メチレンビス(メタ)アクリルアミド、エチレンビス(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 (Meth) acrylamides include (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N- (3-N, N- Examples thereof include dimethylaminopropyl) (meth) acrylamide, methylene bis (meth) acrylamide, and ethylene bis (meth) acrylamide.
 また、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートのようなオリゴマーも、(メタ)アクリル系化合物として使用できる。 Also, oligomers such as urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, and epoxy (meth) acrylate can be used as the (meth) acrylic compound.
 さらに、(メタ)アクリロイル基とともに、それ以外のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物も、(メタ)アクリル系化合物として使用できる。その具体例として、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジアリル(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 Furthermore, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond other than the (meth) acryloyl group can also be used as the (meth) acrylic compound. Specific examples thereof include allyl (meth) acrylate and N, N-diallyl (meth) acrylamide.
 不飽和化合物(ε)としては、特に限定されず、以上の(メタ)アクリル系化合物以外にも、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、アジピン酸ジビニル、セバシン酸ジビニルのようなビニル化合物;トリアリルイソシアヌレート、トリアリルアミン、テトラアリルピロメリテート、N,N,N′,N′-テトラアリル-1,4-ジアミノブタン、テトラアリルアンモニウム塩、アリルアミンのようなアリル化合物;マレイン酸及びイタコン酸のような不飽和カルボン酸等も使用することもできる。 The unsaturated compound (ε) is not particularly limited, and in addition to the above (meth) acrylic compounds, vinyl compounds such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, divinyl adipate and divinyl sebacate; triallyl isocyan Allyl compounds such as nurate, triallylamine, tetraallyl pyromellitate, N, N, N ′, N′-tetraallyl-1,4-diaminobutane, tetraallylammonium salt, allylamine; such as maleic acid and itaconic acid Unsaturated carboxylic acids and the like can also be used.
 これら不飽和化合物(ε)のなかでも、(メタ)アクリル系化合物が好ましい。さらに、それを含む接着剤を介して偏光子と光学フィルムとを接着し、偏光板を作製したとき、耐熱性等の耐久性を高める観点から、分子内に少なくとも1個の脂環式骨格又は芳香環骨格を有する(メタ)アクリル系化合物が、より好ましい。かかる分子内に少なくとも1個の脂環式骨格又は芳香環骨格を有する(メタ)アクリル系化合物の具体例としては、上述した脂環式単官能(メタ)アクリレート類、芳香族環を有する単官能(メタ)アクリレート類、脂環式環を有するジ(メタ)アクリレート類又は芳香族環を有するジ(メタ)アクリレート類が、好ましく挙げられる。これらのなかでもとりわけ、トリシクロデカン骨格を有するジ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、このような特に好ましい(メタ)アクリル系化合物の具体例としては、トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート等を挙げることができる。 Among these unsaturated compounds (ε), (meth) acrylic compounds are preferable. Furthermore, when a polarizer and an optical film are bonded via an adhesive containing the same to produce a polarizing plate, at least one alicyclic skeleton in the molecule or from the viewpoint of enhancing durability such as heat resistance A (meth) acrylic compound having an aromatic ring skeleton is more preferable. Specific examples of the (meth) acrylic compound having at least one alicyclic skeleton or aromatic ring skeleton in the molecule include the above-described alicyclic monofunctional (meth) acrylates and monofunctional having an aromatic ring. Preferable examples include (meth) acrylates, di (meth) acrylates having an alicyclic ring, or di (meth) acrylates having an aromatic ring. Among these, di (meth) acrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton is preferable, and specific examples of such (meth) acrylic compounds are tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) acrylate and the like. be able to.
 不飽和化合物(ε)は、硬化速度や、偏光子と光学フィルム間の密着性、接着層の弾性率、接着物の耐久性等を調節するために、使用することができる。不飽和化合物(ε)は、一種類を単独で又は二種類以上を混合して用いることができる。 The unsaturated compound (ε) can be used to adjust the curing speed, the adhesion between the polarizer and the optical film, the elastic modulus of the adhesive layer, the durability of the adhesive, and the like. An unsaturated compound ((epsilon)) can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
 不飽和化合物(ε)を配合する場合、その配合割合は、組成物全体を基準として35質量%以下とするのが好ましい。これにより、偏光子と光学フィルム間の密着性が優れたものとなる。不飽和化合物(ε)の量が35質量%を超えると、偏光子との充分な接着強度が得られにくくなる。そこで、不飽和化合物(ε)の配合割合は、30質量%以下とすることがより好ましく、5~25質量%程度、とりわけ10~20質量%程度とするのがさらに好ましい。
(光ラジカル重合開始剤(ζ))
 光硬化性接着剤が不飽和化合物(ε)を含む場合、そのラジカル重合性を促進し、硬化速度を十分なものとするために、光ラジカル重合開始剤(ζ)を配合することが好ましい。
When the unsaturated compound (ε) is blended, the blending ratio is preferably 35% by mass or less based on the entire composition. Thereby, the adhesiveness between a polarizer and an optical film will be excellent. When the amount of the unsaturated compound (ε) exceeds 35% by mass, it is difficult to obtain sufficient adhesive strength with the polarizer. Therefore, the blending ratio of the unsaturated compound (ε) is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and further preferably about 5 to 25% by mass, especially about 10 to 20% by mass.
(Photoradical polymerization initiator (ζ))
When the photocurable adhesive contains an unsaturated compound (ε), it is preferable to add a photoradical polymerization initiator (ζ) in order to promote the radical polymerizability and make the curing rate sufficient.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤(ζ)の具体例としては、特に限定されないが、例えば4′-フェノキシ-2,2-ジクロロアセトフェノン、4′-tert-ブチル-2,2-ジクロロアセトフェノン、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、α,α-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、1-(4-ドデシルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、1-〔4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル〕-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オンのようなアセトフェノン系光重合開始剤;ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテルのようなベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤;ベンゾフェノン、o-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4′-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾフェノンのようなベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤;2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジクロロチオキサントン、1-クロロ-4-プロポキシチオキサントンのようなチオキサントン系光重合開始剤;2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチルペンチルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルホスフィンオキサイドのようなアシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤;1,2-オクタンジオン,1-〔4-(フェニルチオフェニル)〕-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)のようなオキシム・エステル系光重合開始剤;カンファーキノン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the radical photopolymerization initiator (ζ) are not particularly limited, but for example, 4′-phenoxy-2,2-dichloroacetophenone, 4′-tert-butyl-2,2-dichloroacetophenone, 2,2- Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, α, α-diethoxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2 -Methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1- (4-dodecylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methyl Propan-1-one, 1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl] -2-hydroxy-2- Acetophenone photopolymerization initiators such as tilpropan-1-one and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butan-1-one; benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin Benzoin ether photopolymerization initiators such as isopropyl ether and benzoin isobutyl ether; benzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone Benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiators such as: 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, thioxanes such as 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl) -2,4,4-trimethylpentylphosphine oxide, bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) ) Acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization initiators such as phenylphosphine oxide; Oxime esters such as 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthiophenyl)]-2- (O-benzoyloxime) Photopolymerization initiator; camphorquinone and the like can be mentioned.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤(ζ)は、一種類を単独で又は二種類以上を所望の性能に応じて配合し、用いることができる。光ラジカル重合開始剤(ζ)を配合する場合、その配合割合は、組成物全体を基準として、10質量%以下が好ましく、0.1~3質量%程度がより好ましい。光ラジカル重合開始剤(ζ)の量が多くなりすぎると、十分な強度が得られないことがある。また、その量が不足すると、接着剤が十分に硬化しないことがある。
(他の成分(η))
 さらに、本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物には、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、前記(α1)~(ζ)成分とは異なる他の成分を、任意に配合することができる。
The radical photopolymerization initiator (ζ) can be used alone or in combination of two or more according to the desired performance. When the radical photopolymerization initiator (ζ) is blended, the blending ratio is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably about 0.1 to 3% by mass based on the entire composition. If the amount of the photo radical polymerization initiator (ζ) is too large, sufficient strength may not be obtained. Moreover, when the amount is insufficient, the adhesive may not be sufficiently cured.
(Other components (η))
Furthermore, in the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention, other components different from the components (α1) to (ζ) are optionally blended within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. Can do.
 このような他の成分に属する一つのタイプとして、エポキシ化合物(α1)やオキセタン化合物(α2)以外のカチオン重合性を有する化合物を挙げることができる。具体例としては、特に限定されないが、分子内に1個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物等が挙げられる。また、他の成分に属する別のタイプとして、重合性を有しない他の成分(η)を挙げることができる。重合性を有しない他の成分(η)を配合する場合、その配合割合は、組成物全体を基準に10質量%以下程度とするのが好ましい。 As one type belonging to such other components, there may be mentioned compounds having cationic polymerizability other than the epoxy compound (α1) and the oxetane compound (α2). Specific examples include, but are not limited to, an epoxy compound having one epoxy group in the molecule, and the like. Further, as another type belonging to the other component, other component (η) having no polymerizability can be exemplified. When the other component (η) having no polymerizability is blended, the blending ratio is preferably about 10% by mass or less based on the entire composition.
 重合性を有しない他の成分(η)の例として、特に限定されないが、光増感剤を挙げられる。光増感剤を配合することにより、反応性が向上し、硬化物の機械強度や接着強度を向上させることができる。光増感剤としては、例えばカルボニル化合物、有機硫黄化合物、過硫化物、レドックス系化合物、アゾ及びジアゾ化合物、ハロゲン化合物、光還元性色素等が挙げられる。 Although it does not specifically limit as an example of the other component ((eta)) which does not have polymerizability, A photosensitizer is mentioned. By blending a photosensitizer, the reactivity is improved and the mechanical strength and adhesive strength of the cured product can be improved. Examples of the photosensitizer include carbonyl compounds, organic sulfur compounds, persulfides, redox compounds, azo and diazo compounds, halogen compounds, and photoreductive dyes.
 具体的な光増感剤としては、特に限定されず、例えばベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、α,α-ジメトキシ-α-フェニルアセトフェノンのようなベンゾイン誘導体;ベンゾフェノン、2,4-ジクロロベンゾフェノン、o-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4,4′-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4′-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノンのようなベンゾフェノン誘導体;2-クロロチオキサントン、2-イソプロピルチオキサントンのようなチオキサントン誘導体;2-クロロアントラキノン、2-メチルアントラキノンのようなアントラキノン誘導体;N-メチルアクリドン、N-ブチルアクリドンのようなアクリドン誘導体;その他、α,α-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、ベンジル、フルオレノン、キサントン、ウラニル化合物、ハロゲン化合物等が挙げられる。 Specific photosensitizers are not particularly limited. For example, benzoin derivatives such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, α, α-dimethoxy-α-phenylacetophenone; benzophenone, 2,4-dichlorobenzophenone, o Benzophenone derivatives such as methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4,4′-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone; thioxanthone derivatives such as 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone; 2 Anthraquinone derivatives such as chloroanthraquinone and 2-methylanthraquinone; acridone derivatives such as N-methylacridone and N-butylacridone; other α, α-diethoxyacetophenone, benzyl, Luenone, xanthone, uranyl compound, halogen compound and the like can be mentioned.
 これらのなかには、上記光ラジカル重合開始剤(ζ)に該当する化合物もあるが、ここでいう光増感剤は、光カチオン重合開始剤(β1)に対する増感剤として機能するものであれば特に限定されない。これらはそれぞれ単独で用いてもよいし、二種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 Among these, there is a compound corresponding to the above-mentioned photo radical polymerization initiator (ζ), but the photo sensitizer here is particularly one that functions as a sensitizer for the photo cationic polymerization initiator (β 1). It is not limited. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 光増感剤は、本発明に用いられ得る光硬化性接着剤組成物中のカチオン重合性モノマー(上記エポキシ化合物(α1)とオキセタン化合物(α2)を含み、上述した他のカチオン重合性を有する化合物が配合されている場合はそれも含む)の総量を100質量部として、0.1~20質量部の範囲で含有するのが好ましい。 The photosensitizer is a cationically polymerizable monomer (including the above epoxy compound (α1) and oxetane compound (α2) in the photocurable adhesive composition that can be used in the present invention, and has the other cationic polymerization properties described above. The total amount of the compound (including the compound when it is blended) is preferably 100 parts by mass and is preferably contained in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass.
 また、重合性を有しない他の成分(η)として、熱カチオン重合開始剤を使用することもできる。熱カチオン重合開始剤として、ベンジルスルホニウム塩、チオフェニウム塩、チオラニウム塩、ベンジルアンモニウム塩、ピリジニウム塩、ヒドラジニウム塩、カルボン酸エステル、スルホン酸エステル、アミンイミド等を挙げることができる。これらの開始剤は、市販品を容易に入手することが可能であり、例えば、いずれも商品名で示して、アデカオプトンCP77及びアデカオプトンCP66(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、CI-2639、CI-2624(以上、日本曹達(株)製)、サンエイドSI-60L、サンエイドSI-80L、サンエイドSI-100L(以上、三新化学工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Further, a thermal cationic polymerization initiator can also be used as another component (η) having no polymerizability. Examples of the thermal cationic polymerization initiator include benzylsulfonium salt, thiophenium salt, thiolanium salt, benzylammonium salt, pyridinium salt, hydrazinium salt, carboxylic acid ester, sulfonic acid ester, and amine imide. These initiators can be easily obtained as commercial products. For example, both of these initiators are indicated by trade names, and ADEKA OPTON CP77 and ADEKA OPTON CP66 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), CI-2639, CI- 2624 (manufactured by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.), Sun Aid SI-60L, Sun Aid SI-80L, Sun Aid SI-100L (manufactured by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 ポリオール類はカチオン重合を促進する性質を有するので、やはり重合性を有しない他の成分(η)として使用することができる。ポリオール類としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基(水酸基)以外の酸性基が存在しないものが好ましく、例えばヒドロキシ基(水酸基)以外の官能基を有しないポリオール化合物、ポリエステルポリオール化合物、ポリカプロラクトンポリオール化合物、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基(水酸基)を有するポリオール化合物、ポリカーボネートポリオール化合物等を挙げることができる。 Since polyols have the property of promoting cationic polymerization, they can also be used as other components (η) that do not have polymerizability. As the polyols, those having no acidic group other than the phenolic hydroxy group (hydroxyl group) are preferable. For example, a polyol compound having no functional group other than the hydroxy group (hydroxyl group), a polyester polyol compound, a polycaprolactone polyol compound, and a phenolic compound. Examples thereof include a polyol compound having a hydroxy group (hydroxyl group) and a polycarbonate polyol compound.
 さらに本発明の効果を損なわない限り、重合性を有しない他の成分(η)として、シランカップリング剤、イオントラップ剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、連鎖移動剤、増感剤、粘着付与剤、熱可塑性樹脂、充填剤、流動調整剤、可塑剤、消泡剤、レベリング剤、色素、有機溶剤等を配合することもできる。 Furthermore, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, other components (η) having no polymerizability include silane coupling agents, ion trapping agents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents, sensitizers, and tackifiers. An agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow regulator, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent, a leveling agent, a dye, an organic solvent, and the like can be blended.
 重合性を有しない他の成分(η)として、光学フィルムとの密着性をさらに向上させる目的で、熱可塑性樹脂を配合することも有効である。熱可塑性樹脂としては、偏光子の耐久性を高める観点から、ガラス転移温度が70℃以上であるものが好ましく、特に好ましい例としてはメチルメタクリレート系ポリマー等が挙げられる。
(偏光板)
 偏光板は、偏光子の表側及び裏側の両面を保護する2枚の光学フィルムで主に構成される。本発明に係る光学フィルムは、偏光子を両面から挟む2枚の光学フィルムのうち少なくとも1枚に用いる。本発明に係る光学フィルムは、モアレ解消能だけでなく保護フィルム性も兼ね備えているので、偏光板の製造コストを低減できる。
It is also effective to add a thermoplastic resin as another component (η) having no polymerizability for the purpose of further improving the adhesion with the optical film. As the thermoplastic resin, those having a glass transition temperature of 70 ° C. or higher are preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing the durability of the polarizer, and particularly preferred examples include a methyl methacrylate polymer.
(Polarizer)
The polarizing plate is mainly composed of two optical films that protect both the front side and the back side of the polarizer. The optical film according to the present invention is used for at least one of two optical films sandwiching a polarizer from both sides. Since the optical film according to the present invention has not only a moire eliminating ability but also a protective film property, the manufacturing cost of the polarizing plate can be reduced.
 本発明に係る偏光板は、画像表示装置のバックライト光源側の偏光板としても、視認側の偏光板としても使用することができる。バックライトユニット側偏光板に用いる場合には、本発明に係る光学フィルムが最もバックライト光源側になるように配置するのが好ましい。 The polarizing plate according to the present invention can be used as a polarizing plate on the backlight source side of the image display device or a polarizing plate on the viewing side. When used for the backlight unit-side polarizing plate, it is preferable that the optical film according to the present invention is disposed so as to be closest to the backlight source.
 <偏光板の製造方法>
 以下、光硬化性接着剤を用いた偏光板の製造方法の一例を説明する。
<Production method of polarizing plate>
Hereinafter, an example of the manufacturing method of the polarizing plate using a photocurable adhesive agent is demonstrated.
 偏光板は、偏光子と光学フィルムとの接着面のうち少なくとも一方に、下記の光硬化性接着剤を塗布する接着剤塗布工程と、接着剤層を介して偏光子と光学フィルムとを接着し、貼合せる貼合工程と、接着剤層を介して偏光子と光学フィルムとが接着された状態で接着剤層を硬化させる硬化工程とを含む製造方法によって製造することができる。 The polarizing plate adheres the polarizer and the optical film to each other through an adhesive coating step of applying the following photocurable adhesive to at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the optical film, and an adhesive layer. It can manufacture by the manufacturing method including the bonding process to bond, and the hardening process which hardens an adhesive bond layer in the state to which the polarizer and the optical film were adhere | attached through the adhesive bond layer.
 なお、光学フィルムの偏光子を接着する面を、コロナ(放電)処理、プラズマ処理等による易接着処理をする前処理工程を設けても良い。
(前処理工程)
 前処理工程では、偏光子と接着する光学フィルムの表面が易接着処理される。偏光子の両面にそれぞれ光学フィルムが接着される場合は、それぞれの光学フィルムに対し易接着処理が行われる。次の接着剤塗布工程では、易接着処理された表面が偏光子との接着面として扱われる。
(接着剤塗布工程)
 接着剤塗布工程では、偏光子と光学フィルムとの接着面のうち少なくとも一方に、上記光硬化性接着剤が塗布される。偏光子又は光学フィルムの表面に直接光硬化性接着剤を塗布する場合、その塗布方法に特別な限定はない。例えば、ドクターブレード、ワイヤーバー、ダイコーター、カンマコーター、グラビアコーター等、種々の塗工方式が利用できる。また、偏光子と光学フィルムの間に、光硬化性接着剤を流延させたのち、ローラ等で加圧して均一に押し広げる方法も利用できる。
(貼合工程)
 こうして光硬化性接着剤を塗布した後は、貼合工程に供される。この貼合工程では、例えば、先の塗布工程で偏光子の表面に光硬化性接着剤を塗布した場合、そこに光学フィルムが重ね合わされる。先の塗布工程で光学フィルムの表面に光硬化性接着剤を塗布した場合は、そこに偏光子が重ね合わされる。また、偏光子と光学フィルムの間に光硬化性接着剤を流延させた場合は、その状態で偏光子と光学フィルムとが重ね合わされる。偏光子の両面に光学フィルムを接着する場合であって、両面とも光硬化性接着剤を用いる場合は、偏光子の両面にそれぞれ、光硬化性接着剤を介して光学フィルムが重ね合わされる。そして通常は、この状態で両面(偏光子の片面に光学フィルムを重ね合わせた場合は、偏光子側と光学フィルム側、また偏光子の両面に光学フィルムを重ね合わせた場合は、その両面の光学フィルム側)からローラ等で挟んで加圧することになる。ローラの材質は、金属やゴム等を用いることが可能である。両面に配置されるローラは、同じ材質であってもよいし、異なる材質であってもよい。
(硬化工程)
 硬化工程では、未硬化の光硬化性接着剤に活性エネルギー線を照射して、エポキシ化合物やオキセタン化合物を含む接着剤層を硬化させ、光硬化性接着剤を介して重ね合わせた偏光子と光学フィルムとを接着させる。偏光子の片面に光学フィルムを貼合する場合、活性エネルギー線は、偏光子側又は光学フィルム側のいずれから照射してもよい。また、偏光子の両面に光学フィルムを貼合する場合、偏光子の両面にそれぞれ光硬化性接着剤を介して光学フィルムを重ね合わせた状態で、いずれか一方の光学フィルム側から活性エネルギー線を照射し、両面の光硬化性接着剤を同時に硬化させるのが有利である。ただし、いずれか一方の光学フィルムに紫外線吸収剤が配合されている場合であって、活性エネルギー線が紫外線である場合、通常、紫外線吸収剤が配合されていない他方の光学フィルム側から紫外線が照射される。
In addition, you may provide the pre-process process which performs the easy adhesion process by corona (discharge) process, plasma process, etc. on the surface which adhere | attaches the polarizer of an optical film.
(Pretreatment process)
In the pretreatment step, the surface of the optical film that adheres to the polarizer is subjected to an easy adhesion treatment. When an optical film is bonded to both surfaces of the polarizer, an easy adhesion process is performed on each optical film. In the next adhesive application process, the surface subjected to the easy adhesion treatment is treated as an adhesion surface with the polarizer.
(Adhesive application process)
In the adhesive application step, the photocurable adhesive is applied to at least one of the adhesive surfaces of the polarizer and the optical film. When the photocurable adhesive is directly applied to the surface of the polarizer or the optical film, the application method is not particularly limited. For example, various coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a comma coater, and a gravure coater can be used. Moreover, after casting a photocurable adhesive between a polarizer and an optical film, the method of pressurizing with a roller etc. and spreading uniformly can also be utilized.
(Bonding process)
Thus, after apply | coating a photocurable adhesive agent, it uses for a bonding process. In this bonding step, for example, when a photocurable adhesive is applied to the surface of the polarizer in the previous application step, an optical film is superimposed thereon. When a photocurable adhesive is applied to the surface of the optical film in the previous application step, a polarizer is superimposed thereon. In addition, when a photocurable adhesive is cast between the polarizer and the optical film, the polarizer and the optical film are superposed in that state. In the case where the optical film is bonded to both surfaces of the polarizer, and the photocurable adhesive is used on both surfaces, the optical film is superimposed on the both surfaces of the polarizer via the photocurable adhesive. Usually, in this state, both sides (if the optical film is superimposed on one side of the polarizer, the polarizer side and the optical film side, and if the optical film is superimposed on both sides of the polarizer, The film is pressed with a roller or the like from the film side). As the material of the roller, metal, rubber or the like can be used. The rollers arranged on both sides may be made of the same material or different materials.
(Curing process)
In the curing process, an uncured photocurable adhesive is irradiated with active energy rays to cure the adhesive layer containing an epoxy compound or an oxetane compound, and the polarizer and the optical layer overlapped via the photocurable adhesive. Adhere to the film. When bonding an optical film to the single side | surface of a polarizer, you may irradiate an active energy ray from either a polarizer side or an optical film side. Moreover, when bonding an optical film on both surfaces of a polarizer, an active energy ray is applied from either one of the optical films in a state where the optical film is superimposed on both surfaces of the polarizer via a photocurable adhesive. It is advantageous to irradiate and simultaneously cure the photocurable adhesive on both sides. However, when an ultraviolet absorber is blended in one of the optical films and the active energy ray is ultraviolet, normally, ultraviolet rays are irradiated from the other optical film side not blended with the ultraviolet absorber. Is done.
 活性エネルギー線としては、可視光線、紫外線、X線、電子線等を用いることができるが、取扱いが容易で硬化速度も十分であることから、一般には紫外線が好ましく用いられる。活性エネルギー線の光源は特に限定されないが、波長400nm以下に発光分布を有する、例えば、低圧水銀灯、中圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、ブラックライトランプ、マイクロウェーブ励起水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ、LEDランプ等を用いることができる。 As the active energy ray, visible light, ultraviolet ray, X-ray, electron beam and the like can be used, but ultraviolet ray is generally preferably used because it is easy to handle and has a sufficient curing rate. The light source of the active energy ray is not particularly limited, but has a light emission distribution at a wavelength of 400 nm or less. An LED lamp or the like can be used.
 光硬化性接着剤への光照射強度は、目的とする組成物毎に決定されるものであって、やはり特に限定されないが、重合開始剤の活性化に有効な波長領域の照射強度が、UV-B(280~320nmの中波長域紫外線)として1~3,000mW/cmの範囲となるように調整することが好ましい。照射強度が1mW/cmを下回ると、反応時間が長くなりすぎ、照射強度が3,000mW/cmを超えると、ランプから輻射される熱及び光硬化性接着剤の重合時の発熱によって、光硬化性接着剤の黄変や偏光子の劣化を生じる可能性がある。 The light irradiation intensity to the photocurable adhesive is determined for each target composition and is not particularly limited, but the irradiation intensity in the wavelength region effective for activating the polymerization initiator is UV. Adjustment is preferably made so that it is in the range of 1 to 3,000 mW / cm 2 as -B (ultraviolet light in the middle wavelength range of 280 to 320 nm). When the irradiation intensity is less than 1 mW / cm 2 , the reaction time becomes too long, and when the irradiation intensity exceeds 3,000 mW / cm 2 , due to the heat radiated from the lamp and the heat generated during polymerization of the photocurable adhesive, There is a possibility of causing yellowing of the photocurable adhesive and deterioration of the polarizer.
 光硬化性接着剤への光照射時間は、硬化する組成物毎に制御されるものであって、特に限定されないが、照射強度と照射時間の積で表される積算光量が10~5000mJ/cmの範囲となるように設定されることが好ましい。積算光量が10mJ/cmを下回ると、重合開始剤に由来する活性種の発生が十分でなく、接着剤層の硬化が不十分となる可能性がある。一方、積算光量が5000mJ/cmを超えると、照射時間が非常に長くなり、生産性向上には不利なものとなる。 The light irradiation time to the photocurable adhesive is controlled for each composition to be cured and is not particularly limited. However, the integrated light amount represented by the product of the irradiation intensity and the irradiation time is 10 to 5000 mJ / cm. It is preferably set to be in the range of 2 . When the integrated light quantity is less than 10 mJ / cm 2 , active species derived from the polymerization initiator are not sufficiently generated, and the adhesive layer may be insufficiently cured. On the other hand, if the integrated light quantity exceeds 5000 mJ / cm 2 , the irradiation time becomes very long, which is disadvantageous for improving productivity.
 活性エネルギー線を照射して光硬化性接着剤を硬化させるにあたっては、偏光子の偏光度、透過率、色相、光学フィルムの透明性といった、偏光板の諸機能が低下しない条件で硬化させることが好ましい。 When curing the photocurable adhesive by irradiating with active energy rays, it is possible to cure under conditions that do not deteriorate the various functions of the polarizing plate, such as the degree of polarization of the polarizer, the transmittance, the hue, and the transparency of the optical film. preferable.
 以上のようにして得られた偏光板において、接着剤層の厚さは、特に限定されないが、通常50μm以下であり、好ましくは20μm以下、より好ましくは10μm以下、さらに好ましくは5μm以下である。 In the polarizing plate obtained as described above, the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is usually 50 μm or less, preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and further preferably 5 μm or less.
 (液晶表示装置)
 本発明の偏光板は、種々の態様の液晶表示装置に用いることができる。
(Liquid crystal display device)
The polarizing plate of this invention can be used for the liquid crystal display device of a various aspect.
 液晶表示装置の構成の例としては、バックライト型(直下型)では、図2Aに示すように、光源側から、〔光源1a/下拡散シート3a(拡散板)/集光シート4a(プリズムシートなど)/上拡散シート5a/液晶パネル12a(偏光子10a/保護フィルム(位相差フィルムなど)9a/基板8a/液晶セル7a/保護フィルム11a)〕となっており、主にテレビ等大型LCDに用いられている構成である。 As an example of the configuration of the liquid crystal display device, in the backlight type (direct type), as shown in FIG. Etc.) / Upper diffusion sheet 5a / liquid crystal panel 12a (polarizer 10a / protective film (retardation film etc.) 9a / substrate 8a / liquid crystal cell 7a / protective film 11a)] It is the structure used.
 一方、サイドライト型の構成は、図2Bに示すように、光源1aが発光光源2a及び導光板13aで構成されており、主にモニタ、モバイル用途などの小型LCDに用いられている。 On the other hand, in the side light type configuration, as shown in FIG. 2B, the light source 1a is composed of a light emitting light source 2a and a light guide plate 13a, and is mainly used for small LCDs for monitors and mobile applications.
 下拡散シートは主にバックライトユニット(BLU)6aの面内輝度ムラを低減するための光拡散性の強い光学シートであり、集光シートは拡散光を液晶表示装置の正面方向(表示装置平面の法線方向)に集光させるための光学シートであり、上拡散シートは集光シートであるプリズムシートや液晶セル中の画素など周期的構造により発生するモアレを低減するための、及び下拡散シートで除去しきれない面内輝度ムラをさらに低減するために用いられる光学シートである。 The lower diffusion sheet is an optical sheet having strong light diffusibility mainly for reducing in-plane luminance unevenness of the backlight unit (BLU) 6a, and the condensing sheet transmits diffused light in the front direction of the liquid crystal display device (display device plane). The upper diffusion sheet is used to reduce the moire generated by a periodic structure such as a prism sheet that is a light condensing sheet or a pixel in a liquid crystal cell, and the lower diffusion sheet. This optical sheet is used to further reduce in-plane luminance unevenness that cannot be removed by the sheet.
 本発明に係る液晶表示装置においては、図2A及びBにおける面光源装置において、少なくとも上拡散シートを取り除き、図3のA及びBに示すように、本発明の偏光板を用いることができる。 In the liquid crystal display device according to the present invention, at least the upper diffusion sheet is removed from the surface light source device in FIGS. 2A and 2B, and the polarizing plate of the present invention can be used as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B.
 なお、本発明に係る光学フィルムを用いた場合、バックライトユニット側の偏光板(下偏光板)の偏光板用保護フィルムを除去して、代わりに本発明に係る光学フィルムを偏光板に貼りつけてなる構成にしてもよい。このような構成としても、正面輝度を低下させることなくモアレ縞を抑制することができる。さらに、このように上偏光板用保護フィルムを除去した構成とすることで、液晶表示装置全体のコストダウンを実現できる。 When the optical film according to the present invention is used, the polarizing plate protective film for the polarizing plate (lower polarizing plate) on the backlight unit side is removed, and the optical film according to the present invention is attached to the polarizing plate instead. It may be configured as follows. Even with such a configuration, moire fringes can be suppressed without reducing the front luminance. Furthermore, the cost reduction of the whole liquid crystal display device is realizable by setting it as the structure which removed the protective film for upper polarizing plates in this way.
 液晶セルの表示方法としては、ツイステットネマチック(TN)、スーパーツイステットネマチック(STN)、バーティカルアライメント(VA)、インプレインスイッチング(IPS)、オプティカリーコンペンセイテットベンドセル(OCB)等のモードの透過型、反射型、又は半透過型の液晶表示装置に好ましく用いることができる。 Liquid crystal cell display methods include twisted nematic (TN), super twisted nematic (STN), vertical alignment (VA), in-plane switching (IPS), and optically compensated bend cells (OCB). It can be preferably used for a transmissive, reflective, or transflective liquid crystal display device.
 光源に用いられる発光光源(発光体)としては、CCFL(Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp、冷陰極管)、HCFL(Hot Cathode Fluorescent Lamp、熱陰極管)、LED(Light Emitting Diode、発光ダイオード)、OLED(Organic light-emitting diode、有機発光ダイオード[有機EL])、無機ELなどを好ましく用いることができる。 As light emitting light sources (light emitters) used for the light source, CCFL (Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp, cold cathode tube), HCFL (Hot Cathode Fluorescent Lamp, hot cathode tube), LED (Light Emitting Diode, light emitting diode), OLED (Org diode) Light-emitting diode, organic light emitting diode [organic EL]), inorganic EL, and the like can be preferably used.
 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」あるいは「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "part by mass" or "mass%" is represented.
 〔光学フィルムの作製〕
 〈光学フィルム1の作製〉
 下記組成の主ドープ液を調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにセルロースエステル、糖エステル化合物を攪拌しながら投入した。これを撹拌しながら完全に溶解し、安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープを調製した。
[Production of optical film]
<Preparation of optical film 1>
A main dope solution having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Cellulose ester and sugar ester compound were added to a pressure dissolution tank containing a solvent while stirring. This was completely dissolved while stirring, and Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope was prepared by filtration using 244.
 (主ドープの組成)
 樹脂A:セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度:1.64、プロピオニル基置換度:1.12、重量平均分子量:19万、ガラス転移温度:150℃、屈折率:1.489)      20.2質量部
 樹脂B:セルロースジアセテート(アセチル基置換度:2.14、重量平均分子量:18万、ガラス転移温度:196℃、屈折率:1.488)
                           6.7質量部
 糖エステル化合物A(平均置換度:5.5)      2.5質量部
 メチレンクロライド                 103質量部
 エタノール                    19.7質量部
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 以上を密閉容器に投入し、攪拌しながら溶解してドープを調製した。次いで、ベルト上で溶媒を蒸発させた後、ウェブをステンレスベルトから剥離し、160℃で搬送方向と垂直方向にテンターで1.15倍延伸し、120℃の乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させて巻き取り、平均膜厚40μmの光学フィルム1を得た。
(Main dope composition)
Resin A: Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree: 1.64, propionyl group substitution degree: 1.12, weight average molecular weight: 190,000, glass transition temperature: 150 ° C., refractive index: 1.490) 2 parts by mass Resin B: Cellulose diacetate (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.14, weight average molecular weight: 180,000, glass transition temperature: 196 ° C., refractive index: 1.488)
6.7 parts by mass Sugar ester compound A (average substitution degree: 5.5) 2.5 parts by mass Methylene chloride 103 parts by mass Ethanol 19.7 parts by mass
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
The above was put into a sealed container and dissolved with stirring to prepare a dope. Next, after evaporating the solvent on the belt, the web is peeled from the stainless steel belt, stretched 1.15 times with a tenter at 160 ° C. in the direction perpendicular to the conveying direction, and the drying zone at 120 ° C. is conveyed by a number of rollers. The optical film 1 having an average film thickness of 40 μm was obtained by finishing drying while winding.
 〈光学フィルム2の作製〉
 (ドープ組成2)
 ポリメタクリル酸メチル(VB-7103、三菱レイヨン社製、重量平均分子量30万、ガラス転移温度105℃、屈折率1.490)55質量部
 セルロースアシレート(セルロースアセテートプロピオネート アシル基総置換度2.46、アセチル基置換度1.58、プロピオニル基置換度0.88、重量平均分子量19万、ガラス転移温度170℃、屈折率1.489)                           45質量部
 メチレンクロライド                 300質量部
 エタノール                      40質量部
 上記組成物を、加熱しながら十分に溶解し、ドープを作製した。
<Preparation of optical film 2>
(Dope composition 2)
Polymethyl methacrylate (VB-7103, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., weight average molecular weight 300,000, glass transition temperature 105 ° C., refractive index 1.490) 55 parts by weight Cellulose acylate (cellulose acetate propionate acyl group total substitution degree 2 .46, acetyl group substitution degree 1.58, propionyl group substitution degree 0.88, weight average molecular weight 190,000, glass transition temperature 170 ° C., refractive index 1.489) 45 parts by mass Methylene chloride 300 parts by mass Ethanol 40 parts by mass The composition was sufficiently dissolved while heating to prepare a dope.
 上記作製したドープを、ベルト流延装置を用い、温度22℃、2m幅でステンレスバンド支持体に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶剤量が100%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、剥離張力154N/mでステンレスバンド支持体上から剥離した。 The produced dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2 m using a belt casting apparatus. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent reached 100%, and peeling was performed from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 154 N / m.
 剥離した樹脂のウェブを35℃で溶媒を蒸発させ、1.6m幅にスリットし、その後、135℃でテンターで幅方向に1.1倍に延伸しながら、前記乾燥温度で乾燥させた。このときテンターで延伸を始めたときの残留溶剤量は10%であった。 The solvent of the peeled resin web was evaporated at 35 ° C., slit to 1.6 m width, and then dried at the drying temperature while stretching 1.1 times in the width direction with a tenter at 135 ° C. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with a tenter was 10%.
 テンターで延伸後、130℃で緩和を行った後、120℃、140℃の乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させ、1.5m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径15.24cmコアに巻き取り、海島構造を有する樹脂フィルムである光学フィルム2を得た。 After stretching with a tenter, relaxation was performed at 130 ° C., and then drying was completed while conveying a drying zone at 120 ° C. and 140 ° C. with many rollers, slitting to a width of 1.5 m, and a width of 10 mm at both ends of the film. A knurling process of 5 μm was performed, and the film was wound around a core having an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m and an inner diameter of 15.24 cm to obtain an optical film 2 which is a resin film having a sea-island structure.
 ステンレスバンド支持体の回転速度とテンターの運転速度から算出されるMD方向の延伸倍率は1.1倍であった。 The draw ratio in the MD direction calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.1 times.
 光学フィルム2の残留溶剤量は、0.1%であり、膜厚は60μm、巻長は4000mであった。 The residual solvent amount of the optical film 2 was 0.1%, the film thickness was 60 μm, and the winding length was 4000 m.
 〈光学フィルム3の作製〉
 (ドープ組成3)
 ポリメタクリル酸メチル(VB-7103、三菱レイヨン社製、重量平均分子量30万、ガラス転移温度105℃、屈折率1.490)
                            55質量部
 セルロースアシレート(セルロースアセテートプロピオネート アシル基総置換度2.75、アセチル基置換度0.19、プロピオニル基置換度2.56、重量平均分子量20万、ガラス転移温度140℃、屈折率1.487)                           25質量部
 セルロースアシレート(セルロースアセテートプロピオネート アシル基総置換度2.46、アセチル基置換度1.58、プロピオニル基置換度0.88、重量平均分子量19万、ガラス転移温度170℃、屈折率1.489)                           20質量部
 メチレンクロライド                 300質量部
 エタノール                      40質量部
 上記組成物を、加熱しながら十分に溶解し、ドープを作製した。
<Preparation of optical film 3>
(Dope composition 3)
Polymethyl methacrylate (VB-7103, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., weight average molecular weight 300,000, glass transition temperature 105 ° C., refractive index 1.490)
55 parts by mass Cellulose acylate (cellulose acetate propionate acyl group total substitution degree 2.75, acetyl group substitution degree 0.19, propionyl group substitution degree 2.56, weight average molecular weight 200,000, glass transition temperature 140 ° C., refraction (Rate 1.487) 25 parts by mass Cellulose acylate (cellulose acetate propionate acyl group total substitution degree 2.46, acetyl group substitution degree 1.58, propionyl group substitution degree 0.88, weight average molecular weight 190,000, glass transition Temperature 170 ° C., Refractive index 1.489) 20 parts by mass Methylene chloride 300 parts by mass Ethanol 40 parts by mass The above composition was sufficiently dissolved while heating to prepare a dope.
 上記作製したドープを、ベルト流延装置を用い、温度22℃、2m幅でステンレスバンド支持体に均一に流延した。ステンレスバンド支持体で、残留溶剤量が100%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、剥離張力154N/mでステンレスバンド支持体上から剥離した。 The produced dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support at a temperature of 22 ° C. and a width of 2 m using a belt casting apparatus. With the stainless steel band support, the solvent was evaporated until the amount of residual solvent reached 100%, and peeling was performed from the stainless steel band support with a peeling tension of 154 N / m.
 剥離した樹脂のウェブを35℃で溶媒を蒸発させ、1.6m幅にスリットし、その後、135℃でテンターで幅方向に1.1倍に延伸しながら、前記乾燥温度で乾燥させた。このときテンターで延伸を始めたときの残留溶剤量は10%であった。 The solvent of the peeled resin web was evaporated at 35 ° C., slit to 1.6 m width, and then dried at the drying temperature while stretching 1.1 times in the width direction with a tenter at 135 ° C. At this time, the residual solvent amount when starting stretching with a tenter was 10%.
 テンターで延伸後、130℃で緩和を行った後、120℃、140℃の乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させ、1.5m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径15.24cmコアに巻き取り、海島構造を有する樹脂フィルムである光学フィルム3を得た。 After stretching with a tenter, relaxation was performed at 130 ° C., and then drying was completed while conveying a drying zone at 120 ° C. and 140 ° C. with many rollers, slitting to a width of 1.5 m, and a width of 10 mm at both ends of the film. A knurling process of 5 μm was performed, and the film was wound around a core having an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m and an inner diameter of 15.24 cm, thereby obtaining an optical film 3 which is a resin film having a sea-island structure.
 ステンレスバンド支持体の回転速度とテンターの運転速度から算出されるMD方向の延伸倍率は1.1倍であった。 The draw ratio in the MD direction calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.1 times.
 光学フィルム3の残留溶剤量は、0.1%であり、膜厚は60μm、巻長は4000mであった。
(光学フィルム4~11の作製)
 表1に示す樹脂組成でドープを作製し、光学フィルム3と同様な方法で各種光学フィルム4~11を作製した。
The residual solvent amount of the optical film 3 was 0.1%, the film thickness was 60 μm, and the winding length was 4000 m.
(Preparation of optical films 4 to 11)
Dopes were produced with the resin compositions shown in Table 1, and various optical films 4 to 11 were produced in the same manner as the optical film 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 [光学フィルムの評価]
 上記で作製した光学フィルム1~11について下記の測定・評価を行った。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
[Evaluation of optical film]
The following measurements / evaluations were performed on the optical films 1 to 11 produced above.
 〈全光線透過率の測定〉
 紫外外可視近赤外分光光度計(日本分光(株)製 V-670)を用いてヘイズ計算モードで1nm毎に測定し、450~650nmの範囲内の透過率の平均値を全光線透過率として算出した。
<Measurement of total light transmittance>
Measured every 1 nm in the haze calculation mode using an extra-UV visible near-infrared spectrophotometer (V-670 manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the average value of the transmittance within the range of 450 to 650 nm was measured as the total light transmittance. Calculated as
 〈表面形状観察と算術平均表面粗さRaの測定〉
 上記で作製したフィルムを、Olympus(株)製3D測定レーザー顕微鏡LEXT OLS4000を用いて光学フィルムの表裏二面の観察及び解析をし、本発明に係る光学フィルム1~8は海島構造による凹凸を形成しており、比較の光学フィルムは該凹凸を形成していないことを確認した。また、光学フィルム表裏二面のJIS B0601-2001に則った算術平均粗さRaを求めた。
<Surface shape observation and measurement of arithmetic average surface roughness Ra>
The film prepared above was observed and analyzed on the front and back surfaces of the optical film using a 3D measurement laser microscope LEXT OLS4000 manufactured by Olympus Corporation. The optical films 1 to 8 according to the present invention formed irregularities due to the sea-island structure. It was confirmed that the comparative optical film did not form the unevenness. In addition, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two front and back surfaces of the optical film was determined in accordance with JIS B0601-2001.
 〈像鮮明度の測定〉
 フィルムの像鮮明度は、JIS K7374:2007に準拠した透過法により、スガ試験機(株)製の写像性試験機ICM-1Tを用いて、測定角度0°で、透過鮮明度を光学くしで0.125~2.0mmの範囲で測定した。
<Measurement of image clarity>
The image sharpness of the film is determined by the transmission method according to JIS K7374: 2007, using the image clarity tester ICM-1T manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. Measurements were made in the range of 0.125 to 2.0 mm.
 上記測定・評価結果を表2に示す。 The measurement and evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 表2に示した全光線透過率及び像鮮明度の測定結果から明らかなように、本発明に係る光学フィルムは、高い光透過率を維持し、かつ光拡散性を有していることが分かる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
As is apparent from the measurement results of the total light transmittance and the image definition shown in Table 2, it can be seen that the optical film according to the present invention maintains high light transmittance and has light diffusibility. .
 <偏光板の作製>
 (偏光子の作製)
 厚さ70μmのポリビニルアルコールフィルムを、35℃の水で膨潤させた。得られたフィルムを、ヨウ素0.075g、ヨウ化カリウム5g及び水100gからなる水溶液に60秒間浸漬し、さらにヨウ化カリウム3g、ホウ酸7.5g及び水100gからなる45℃の水溶液に浸漬した。得られたフィルムを、延伸温度55℃、延伸倍率5倍の条件で一軸延伸した。この一軸延伸フィルムを、水洗した後、乾燥させて、厚さ20μmの偏光子を得た。
<Preparation of polarizing plate>
(Production of polarizer)
A 70 μm thick polyvinyl alcohol film was swollen with water at 35 ° C. The obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution consisting of 0.075 g of iodine, 5 g of potassium iodide and 100 g of water for 60 seconds, and further immersed in an aqueous solution at 45 ° C. consisting of 3 g of potassium iodide, 7.5 g of boric acid and 100 g of water. . The obtained film was uniaxially stretched under conditions of a stretching temperature of 55 ° C. and a stretching ratio of 5 times. The uniaxially stretched film was washed with water and dried to obtain a polarizer having a thickness of 20 μm.
 (光硬化性接着剤の調製)
 下記の各成分を混合した後、脱泡して、光硬化性接着剤液を調製した。なお、トリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェートは、50%プロピレンカーボネート溶液として配合し、下記にはトリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェートの固形分量を表示した。
(Preparation of photocurable adhesive)
Each of the following components was mixed and then defoamed to prepare a photocurable adhesive liquid. Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate was blended as a 50% propylene carbonate solution, and the solid content of triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate was shown below.
 (光硬化性接着剤液の組成)
 3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート                   45質量部
 エポリードGT-301(ダイセル化学社製の脂環式エポキシ樹脂)
                            40質量部
 1,4-ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル      15質量部
 トリアリールスルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート 2.3質量部
 9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン          0.1質量部
 1,4-ジエトキシナフタレン            2.0質量部
 (偏光板の作製)
 上記で作製した光学フィルム1~11をそれぞれ用いた偏光板を、下記のように作製した。
(Composition of photocurable adhesive liquid)
3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate 45 parts by mass Epolide GT-301 (alicyclic epoxy resin manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries)
40 parts by mass 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether 15 parts by mass Triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate 2.3 parts by mass 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene 0.1 parts by mass 1,4-diethoxynaphthalene 2.0 parts by mass (Preparation of polarizing plate)
Polarizing plates using the optical films 1 to 11 prepared above were prepared as follows.
 まず、光学フィルムの表面にコロナ放電処理を施した。コロナ放電処理の条件は、コロナ出力強度2.0kW、ライン速度18m/分とした。次いで、光学フィルムのコロナ放電処理面に、上記調製した接着剤液を、硬化後の膜厚が約3μmとなるようにバーコーターで塗工して接着剤層を形成した。得られた接着剤層に、前述のようにして作製したポリビニルアルコール-ヨウ素系偏光子を貼合した。 First, the surface of the optical film was subjected to corona discharge treatment. The conditions for the corona discharge treatment were a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min. Next, the adhesive solution prepared above was applied to the corona discharge treated surface of the optical film with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing was about 3 μm to form an adhesive layer. A polyvinyl alcohol-iodine polarizer prepared as described above was bonded to the obtained adhesive layer.
 同様にして、KC6UY(コニカミノルタオプト(株)製)フィルムを準備し、その表面にコロナ放電処理を施した。なお、コロナ放電処理の条件は、コロナ出力強度2.0kW、ライン速度18m/分とした。次いで、当該フィルムのコロナ放電処理面に、上記調製した接着剤液を、硬化後の膜厚が約3μmとなるようにバーコーターで塗工して接着剤層を形成した。この接着剤層に、偏光板保護フィルムが片面に貼合された偏光子の偏光子を貼合して、光学フィルム/偏光子/KC6UY(コニカミノルタオプト(株)製)フィルムの積層物を得た。この積層物の偏光板保護フィルムに、ベルトコンベア付き紫外線照射装置(ランプは、フュージョンUVシステムズ社製のDバルブを使用)を用いて、積算光量が750mJ/cmとなるように紫外線を照射し、接着剤層を硬化させた。 Similarly, a KC6UY (Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd.) film was prepared, and the surface was subjected to corona discharge treatment. The corona discharge treatment was performed at a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a line speed of 18 m / min. Next, the adhesive solution prepared above was applied to the corona discharge treated surface of the film with a bar coater so that the film thickness after curing was about 3 μm to form an adhesive layer. A polarizer of a polarizer having a polarizing plate protective film bonded on one side is bonded to this adhesive layer to obtain a laminate of an optical film / polarizer / KC6UY (Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd.) film. It was. Using an ultraviolet irradiation device with a belt conveyor (the lamp uses a D bulb manufactured by Fusion UV Systems), the laminated polarizing plate protective film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays so that the integrated light amount becomes 750 mJ / cm 2. The adhesive layer was cured.
 このようにして、光学フィルム1~11のそれぞれを用いて、偏光子が2枚の光学フィルムで挟持された偏光板を作製した。 Thus, using each of the optical films 1 to 11, a polarizing plate in which a polarizer was sandwiched between two optical films was produced.
 <偏光板の評価>
 光学フィルム1~11を用いて作製された各偏光板について、以下の評価を行った。
<Evaluation of polarizing plate>
The following evaluation was performed for each polarizing plate produced using the optical films 1 to 11.
 (偏光子密着性)
 作製した偏光板を5cm×5cmの大きさの正方形に断裁し、23℃、55%RHの雰囲気下に24時間放置し、その後、角の部分から偏光子とフィルムの界面で剥がした。この作業を一種類のサンプルについて100枚の偏光板で行い、偏光子とフィルムの間で剥がれが見られた偏光板の枚数を数え、下記のように評価した。
(Polarizer adhesion)
The produced polarizing plate was cut into a square having a size of 5 cm × 5 cm, left in an atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 55% RH for 24 hours, and then peeled off from the corner portion at the interface between the polarizer and the film. This operation was performed with 100 polarizing plates for one type of sample, and the number of polarizing plates in which peeling was observed between the polarizer and the film was counted and evaluated as follows.
 ◎:0~2枚
 ○:3~5枚
 △:6~20枚
 ×:21枚以上
 偏光子密着性は○か◎の評価であることが好ましい。
◎: 0 to 2 sheets ○: 3 to 5 sheets △: 6 to 20 sheets ×: 21 sheets or more The polarizer adhesion is preferably evaluated as ◯ or ◎.
 (偏光板カール)
 偏光板を巾手方向35mm、長手方向1mmに切り取ってカール測定用サンプルを作製した。これを25℃、55%RH雰囲気下で3日間放置した後、カール度の測定を行った。カール度は曲率半径の逆数を表すが、具体的にはJIS-K7619-1988のA法に準じて測定した。カール度に対する評価は以下のとおりである。
(Polarizing plate curl)
The polarizing plate was cut into a width direction of 35 mm and a longitudinal direction of 1 mm to prepare a curl measurement sample. This was allowed to stand for 3 days in an atmosphere of 25 ° C. and 55% RH, and then the degree of curl was measured. The curl degree represents the reciprocal of the radius of curvature. Specifically, the curl degree was measured according to the method A of JIS-K7619-1988. The evaluation with respect to the curl degree is as follows.
 ○:0~5%
 △:5~30%
 ×:30%~100%
 (表示装置の作製)
 市販の液晶モニタ(Samsung製、SyncMaster743BM)のリア側偏光板を剥がし、代わりに、上記で作製した偏光板を貼合した。ただし、液晶セルに貼合する際は、光学フィルムの面がバックライト側に向く配置になるように、かつ、あらかじめ貼合されていた偏光板と同一の方向に吸収軸が向くように貼合した。バックライトユニットは、光源側から順に、導光板/下拡散シート/プリズムシート/プリズムシートの構成になっていた。
○: 0 to 5%
Δ: 5-30%
×: 30% to 100%
(Production of display device)
The rear side polarizing plate of a commercially available liquid crystal monitor (manufactured by Samsung, SyncMaster 743BM) was peeled off, and the polarizing plate prepared above was bonded instead. However, when bonding to the liquid crystal cell, the optical film is bonded so that the surface of the optical film faces the backlight side and the absorption axis faces in the same direction as the previously bonded polarizing plate. did. The backlight unit has a configuration of light guide plate / lower diffusion sheet / prism sheet / prism sheet in order from the light source side.
 上記方法に従って、上記の各種偏光板を備えた液晶表示装置1~11を作製した。 According to the above method, liquid crystal display devices 1 to 11 having the various polarizing plates described above were produced.
 〈正面輝度〉
 作製した液晶表示装置にビデオ信号ジェネレーター(VG-848;アストロデザイン(株)製)より信号を入力し、全面ベタ表示で256/256階調の白色表示とし、暗室下において液晶表示装置平面の法線(正面)方向から輝度計(CS-2000;コニカミノルタセンシング製)にて輝度を測定した。画面の中央の点から3cmの間隔で上下各1点、左右各1点の合計5点を測定し、平均値を算出した。
<Front brightness>
A signal is input from the video signal generator (VG-848; manufactured by ASTRODESIGN Co., Ltd.) to the manufactured liquid crystal display device to obtain a 256/256 gradation white display on the entire surface, and the method of the liquid crystal display device plane in the dark room The luminance was measured from a line (front) direction with a luminance meter (CS-2000; manufactured by Konica Minolta Sensing). A total of 5 points were measured at an interval of 3 cm from the center point of the screen, one for each of the top and bottom and one for each of the left and right.
 バックライト側偏光板の表面に光拡散性を有さない基材(市販のセルロースエステルフィルム4UY(コニカミノルタオプト(株)製))を使用した場合を基準として、以下の3段階で評価した。 Evaluation was performed in the following three stages based on the case where a base material (commercially available cellulose ester film 4UY (manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto)) having no light diffusibility was used on the surface of the backlight side polarizing plate.
 ○:ほとんど低下していない(基準値の98%以上100%以下)
 △:やや低下している(基準値の95%以上98%未満)
 ×:低下している(基準値の95%未満)
 〈モアレ〉
 作製した液晶表示装置にビデオ信号ジェネレーター(VG-848;アストロデザイン(株)製)より信号を入力し、全面ベタ表示で128/256階調の灰色表示とし、暗室下で様々な方向から画面を目視観察し、モアレ発生の有無を評価した。
○: Almost no decrease (98% to 100% of reference value)
Δ: Slightly decreased (95% or more of the standard value and less than 98%)
X: Decreasing (less than 95% of the reference value)
<Moire>
A signal is input from the video signal generator (VG-848; manufactured by ASTRODESIGN Co., Ltd.) to the manufactured liquid crystal display device, and the entire surface is displayed in gray with 128/256 gradations, and the screen is displayed from various directions under a dark room. The presence or absence of moire was evaluated by visual observation.
 ○:モアレが観察されない
 △:モアレが観察され、やや気になる
 ×:モアレが明瞭に観察される
 評価は5人で行い、それぞれの液晶表示装置に対して平均値で評価を判定した。モアレのレベルとしては、実用的には○以上が必要である。
◯: Moire is not observed Δ: Moire is observed and slightly anxious ×: Moire is clearly observed Evaluation was performed by five persons, and the evaluation was determined by an average value for each liquid crystal display device. As a level of moiré, ○ or more is practically necessary.
 上記評価結果を表3にまとめて示す。 The above evaluation results are summarized in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 表3に示した結果から明らかなように、本発明の偏光板は、偏光子密着性及び偏光板カールの評価において優れていることが分かる。また、本発明の偏光板を備えた液晶表示装置は、正面輝度及びモアレの評価において、優れていることが分かる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
As is clear from the results shown in Table 3, it can be seen that the polarizing plate of the present invention is excellent in the evaluation of polarizer adhesion and polarizing plate curl. Moreover, it turns out that the liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing plate of this invention is excellent in evaluation of front luminance and moire.
 本発明の偏光板は、光学フィルムと偏光子とが、光硬化性接着剤を用いて貼り合わされる際に、カールを生じることなく、十分密着させて貼合された偏光板であって、優れた光拡散性と光透過性を兼ね備えている。 The polarizing plate of the present invention is a polarizing plate that is bonded with sufficient adhesion without causing curling when the optical film and the polarizer are bonded using a photocurable adhesive, and is excellent. It has both light diffusibility and light transmission.
1 溶解釜
3、6、12、15 濾過器
4、13 ストックタンク
5、14 送液ポンプ
8、16 導管
10 紫外線吸収剤仕込釜
20 合流管
21 混合機
30 ダイ
31 金属支持体
32 ウェブ
33 剥離位置
34 テンター装置
35 ローラ乾燥装置
41 粒子仕込釜
42 ストックタンク
43 ポンプ
44 濾過器
1a 光源
2a 発光光源
3a 下拡散シート(又は拡散板)
4a 集光シート(プリズムシート、レンズシート)
5a 上拡散シート
6a 面光源装置(バックライトユニット)
7a 液晶セル
8a 透明基板(ガラス、プラスチック)
9a 保護フィルム(又は位相差フィルム)
10a 偏光子
11a 保護フィルム
12a 液晶パネル
13a 導光板
14a 本発明に係る光学フィルム
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Melting pot 3,6,12,15 Filter 4,13 Stock tank 5,14 Liquid feed pump 8,16 Conduit 10 Ultraviolet absorber preparation pot 20 Merge pipe 21 Mixer 30 Die 31 Metal support 32 Web 33 Peeling position 34 Tenter device 35 Roller dryer 41 Particle charging vessel 42 Stock tank 43 Pump 44 Filter 1a Light source 2a Light emission source 3a Lower diffusion sheet (or diffusion plate)
4a Light collecting sheet (prism sheet, lens sheet)
5a Upper diffusion sheet 6a Surface light source device (backlight unit)
7a Liquid crystal cell 8a Transparent substrate (glass, plastic)
9a Protective film (or retardation film)
10a Polarizer 11a Protective film 12a Liquid crystal panel 13a Light guide plate 14a Optical film according to the present invention

Claims (7)

  1.  二種以上の樹脂を含有する光学フィルムが偏光子に光硬化性接着剤で貼り合された偏光板であって、当該光学フィルムの二つの面が共に海島構造を有し、かつ当該二つの面の算術平均粗さRaが0.03~1.5μmの範囲内にあることを特徴とする偏光板。 An optical film containing two or more kinds of resins is a polarizing plate bonded to a polarizer with a photocurable adhesive, the two surfaces of the optical film both have a sea-island structure, and the two surfaces A polarizing plate characterized by having an arithmetic average roughness Ra of 0.03 to 1.5 μm.
  2.  前記光学フィルムが、二種以上の樹脂として、少なくともアクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂とを含有し、かつ当該アクリル樹脂とセルロースアシレート樹脂の含有質量比が、51:49~90:10の範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の偏光板。 The optical film contains at least an acrylic resin and a cellulose acylate resin as two or more kinds of resins, and a mass ratio of the acrylic resin and the cellulose acylate resin is within a range of 51:49 to 90:10. The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein:
  3.  前記セルロースアシレート樹脂は、アシル基の平均総炭素原子数が、グルコース単位当たり、6.0未満であるセルロースアシレート樹脂と6.0以上であるセルロースアシレート樹脂との少なくとも二種のセルロースアシレート樹脂を含有していることを特徴とする請求項2に記載の偏光板。 The cellulose acylate resin has at least two kinds of cellulose acylates, ie, a cellulose acylate resin having an average acyl group having an average total carbon atom number of less than 6.0 and a cellulose acylate resin of 6.0 or more per glucose unit. The polarizing plate according to claim 2, comprising a rate resin.
  4.  前記セルロースアシレート樹脂が、前記アシル基として、少なくともアセチル基又はプロピオニル基を有しており、かつアシル基の平均総炭素原子数がグルコース単位当たり6.0未満である当該セルロースアシレート樹脂の前記プロピオニル基置換度が、1.0以下であることを特徴とする請求項2又は請求項3に記載の偏光板。 The cellulose acylate resin has at least an acetyl group or a propionyl group as the acyl group, and the average total number of carbon atoms of the acyl group is less than 6.0 per glucose unit. The polarizing plate according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the substitution degree of propionyl group is 1.0 or less.
  5.  前記光硬化性接着剤が、エポキシ化合物及びカチオン重合開始剤を含有する光硬化性接着剤であることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the photocurable adhesive is a photocurable adhesive containing an epoxy compound and a cationic polymerization initiator.
  6.  前記光学フィルムの像鮮明度が、0.25mm幅の光学くしを用いた測定において、0.8~5.0%の範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項5までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。 6. The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the image clarity of the optical film is in a range of 0.8 to 5.0% in a measurement using an optical comb having a width of 0.25 mm. A polarizing plate according to claim 1.
  7.  請求項1から請求項6までのいずれか一項に記載の偏光板が、液晶セルに対してバックライト光源側に備えられていることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。 A liquid crystal display device, wherein the polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 6 is provided on a backlight source side with respect to a liquid crystal cell.
PCT/JP2012/066942 2011-09-20 2012-07-03 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device WO2013042422A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013534623A JP5962660B2 (en) 2011-09-20 2012-07-03 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011204132 2011-09-20
JP2011-204132 2011-09-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013042422A1 true WO2013042422A1 (en) 2013-03-28

Family

ID=47914203

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2012/066942 WO2013042422A1 (en) 2011-09-20 2012-07-03 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5962660B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2013042422A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014081413A (en) * 2012-10-12 2014-05-08 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008158483A (en) * 2006-05-23 2008-07-10 Fujifilm Corp Protective film for polarizing plate, the polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2009205150A (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-09-10 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Light-diffusing laminated resin film, method of manufacturing the same, antiglare film, antiglare polarizing plate and image display device
JP2010231016A (en) * 2009-03-27 2010-10-14 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polarizer protection film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2011075941A (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-14 Fujifilm Corp Forming method of optical film, optical film formed by the forming method, polarizing plate having the optical film, and image display device

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5134799B2 (en) * 2005-09-21 2013-01-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
CN101910260B (en) * 2007-12-25 2012-12-26 柯尼卡美能达精密光学株式会社 Acrylic resin-containing film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the acrylic resin-containing film
JP5478183B2 (en) * 2009-09-30 2014-04-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Light transmissive substrate, method for producing light transmissive substrate, surface light source device, polarizing plate liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008158483A (en) * 2006-05-23 2008-07-10 Fujifilm Corp Protective film for polarizing plate, the polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2009205150A (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-09-10 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Light-diffusing laminated resin film, method of manufacturing the same, antiglare film, antiglare polarizing plate and image display device
JP2010231016A (en) * 2009-03-27 2010-10-14 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polarizer protection film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2011075941A (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-14 Fujifilm Corp Forming method of optical film, optical film formed by the forming method, polarizing plate having the optical film, and image display device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014081413A (en) * 2012-10-12 2014-05-08 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2013042422A1 (en) 2015-03-26
JP5962660B2 (en) 2016-08-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101716077B1 (en) Photocurable adhesive composition, polarizing plate and a process for producing the same, optical member and liquid crystal display device
JP2017122936A (en) Polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing polarizing plate protective film
TWI669571B (en) Photocurable adhesive composition, polarizing plate and manufacturing method thereof, optical member and liquid crystal display device
KR101806875B1 (en) Photocurable adhesive composition, polarizing plate and a process of producing the same, optical member, and liquid crystal display device
JP6223349B2 (en) Photocurable adhesive composition, polarizing plate and method for producing the same, optical member and liquid crystal display device
JP6164609B2 (en) Photocurable adhesive composition, polarizing plate and method for producing the same, optical member and liquid crystal display device
TWI654273B (en) Photocurable adhesive, and polarizing plate, laminated optical member and liquid crystal display device using the same
WO2009139284A1 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2014038180A (en) Optical film, production method of optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP6079008B2 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
US9625631B2 (en) Optical compensation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP5682517B2 (en) Polarizing plate protective film and polarizing plate
JP5888333B2 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5962660B2 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2014066955A (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2015104940A1 (en) Cellulose ester film and cellulose ester film manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12832801

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013534623

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12832801

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1